[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2016119174A1 - 多载波聚合通信方法和设备 - Google Patents

多载波聚合通信方法和设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016119174A1
WO2016119174A1 PCT/CN2015/071836 CN2015071836W WO2016119174A1 WO 2016119174 A1 WO2016119174 A1 WO 2016119174A1 CN 2015071836 W CN2015071836 W CN 2015071836W WO 2016119174 A1 WO2016119174 A1 WO 2016119174A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
base station
cell group
serving
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2015/071836
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
苗金华
权威
李秉肇
杨晓东
胡振兴
张戬
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2015/071836 priority Critical patent/WO2016119174A1/zh
Priority to RU2017130374A priority patent/RU2665056C1/ru
Priority to EP15879382.8A priority patent/EP3244666B1/en
Priority to CN201580002506.9A priority patent/CN106063342A/zh
Priority to BR112017016163-0A priority patent/BR112017016163A2/zh
Priority to KR1020177023875A priority patent/KR20170108101A/ko
Publication of WO2016119174A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016119174A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US15/664,963 priority patent/US10536255B2/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signalling for the administration of the divided path, e.g. signalling of configuration information
    • H04L5/0096—Indication of changes in allocation
    • H04L5/0098—Signalling of the activation or deactivation of component carriers, subcarriers or frequency bands
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621—Feedback content
    • H04B7/0632—Channel quality parameters, e.g. channel quality indicator [CQI]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H04L1/1671—Details of the supervisory signal the supervisory signal being transmitted together with control information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Allocation of payload; Allocation of data channels, e.g. PDSCH or PUSCH
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/14—Spectrum sharing arrangements between different networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24—Cell structures
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/004—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay
    • H04W56/0045—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay compensating for timing error by altering transmission time
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28—Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/30—Connection release
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/30—Connection release
    • H04W76/34—Selective release of ongoing connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078—Timing of allocation
    • H04L5/0087—Timing of allocation when data requirements change

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a multi-carrier aggregation communication method and device.
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • uplink English: uplink, referred to as: UL
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • CA support The number of carriers is 5 carriers. In the current carrier aggregation, the number of carriers can be extended to 32 carriers to form a large number of (massive) CAs, so that a larger number of carriers can be supported.
  • the base station controls each carrier in units of one carrier. If the massive CA continues to adopt the CA mode, the base station will control up to 32 carriers separately, thereby increasing the signaling overhead.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a multi-carrier aggregation communication method and device, which are used to reduce signaling overhead.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a multi-carrier aggregation communication method, including:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, the N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the K is a positive integer less than N;
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the user equipment (English: User Equipment, abbreviated as: UE), where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups;
  • UE User Equipment
  • the base station communicates with the UE according to the K cell groups.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K group of cells, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the group of cells; the cell grouping message is used to The serving cell corresponding to the identifier of the N serving cells is divided into the cell group corresponding to the identifier of the K cell groups.
  • the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to the number K of physical uplink control channels (English: Physical Uplink Control CHannel, abbreviated as PUCCH), and the K cell groups and the K Corresponding to each PUCCH, each of the group of cells includes a serving cell for carrying the PUCCH.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control CHannel
  • the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into the K cell groups the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into the K cell groups
  • the base station divides the serving cell into an authorized carrier cell group or an unlicensed carrier cell group according to the carrier type of the serving cell, where the carrier used by the serving cell included in the authorized carrier cell group is an authorized carrier.
  • the carrier of the serving cell application included in the unlicensed carrier cell group is an unlicensed carrier.
  • the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to a Timing Advanced (TA: Timing Advanced, TA for short), wherein the same serving cell of the TA belongs to the same cell group.
  • TA Timing Advanced
  • the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to signal quality.
  • the base station according to a signal quality, divide the N serving cells into the K cell groups, include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into a first cell group and a second cell group according to a signal quality and a preset threshold, where a signal quality of the serving cell included in the first cell group is greater than the a preset threshold, the signal quality of the serving cell included in the second cell group is not greater than the Preset threshold.
  • the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups the determining, by the base station, the N serving cells into K cell groups
  • the base station belongs to the same cell group according to the serving cell that uses the same serving cell transmission scheduling command and the serving cell that transmits the scheduling command, and divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups.
  • the serving cell belongs to the same cell group according to the discontinuous reception (English: Discontinuous Reception, DRX) configuration parameter, and divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups, where the DRX configuration parameters include At least one of the following: DRX duration, DRX inactivity timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • DRX configuration parameters include At least one of the following: DRX duration, DRX inactivity timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • the base station is configured according to the K cell groups Communicating with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends a cell group modification message to the UE, where the cell group modification message includes an identifier of the cell group to be modified and an identifier of the cell included in the modified cell group, where the cell group to be modified is the K At least one cell group in each cell group.
  • the base station is configured according to the K cell groups Communicating with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends a cell group release message to the UE, where the cell group release message includes an identifier of a cell group to be released, and the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the base station is configured according to the K cells
  • the group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is at least one of the K cell groups. District group.
  • the base station according to the K cells The group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated and a to-be-activated serving cell in the cell group to be activated, where the cell group to be activated is At least one cell group of the K cell groups, the to-be-activated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the group of cell groups.
  • the base station is configured according to the K cells
  • the group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one of the K cell groups. Community group.
  • the base station according to the K cells The group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated and a cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be activated, where to go
  • the activated cell group is at least one cell group of the K cell groups
  • the to-be-deactivated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the belonging cell group.
  • the performing, by the base station, the UE, according to the K cell groups includes:
  • the base station receives, by using an uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH, a channel quality indicator channel quality indicator (CQI) or feedback information of at least one downlink channel sent by the UE, where the base station is used to carry the PUCCH.
  • CQI channel quality indicator channel quality indicator
  • the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel and the serving cell corresponding to the at least one downlink channel belong to the same cell group, and the feedback information includes acknowledgement (English: Acknowledgement, ACK for short) or non-acknowledgement (English: Not Acknowledgement, abbreviation :NACK) Information.
  • the base station communicates with the UE according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the base station communicates with the UE according to the working mode of the DRX by using the serving cell in the authorized cell group; or
  • the base station communicates with the UE according to an operating mode in which the DRX is not configured by using a serving cell in the unlicensed cell group.
  • the performing, by the base station, the UE, according to the K cell groups includes:
  • the base station communicates with the UE according to the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of each serving cell in the first cell group by using the first cell group, where the first cell group is the K cells.
  • the DRX configuration parameters include at least one of the following: a DRX duration, a DRX inactivity timer, a DRX retransmission timer, a long period DRX offset, a short DRX cycle, and a DRX short cycle.
  • the base station according to the K cells The group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends downlink data to the UE by using a first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells;
  • NACK information sent by the UE where the NACK information indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data
  • the base station sends the downlink data to the UE by using a second serving cell.
  • the base station according to the K cells The group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station When the base station does not successfully receive the uplink data that is sent by the UE by using the first serving cell, the base station sends NACK information to the UE, where the NACK information is used to indicate that the base station fails to receive the base station.
  • the uplink data sent by the first serving cell where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells;
  • the base station receives the uplink data that is sent by the UE by using a second serving cell.
  • the base station according to the K cells The group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends a downlink control indication (Downlink Control Information, DCI for short) to the UE by using the first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells,
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the DCI is used to indicate that the UE communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell, where the first serving cell and the second serving cell belong to the same cell group;
  • the base station communicates with the UE through the second serving cell according to the DCI.
  • the base station according to the K The cell group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station determines the communication link quality of the remaining serving cells in the first cell group according to the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the communication link quality detection includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the base station receiving Before the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells in the first cell group sent by the UE the method further includes:
  • the base station according to the K small communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station sends information of M random access channels to the UE;
  • the M random access channels are respectively random access channels between the UE and M serving cells in the first cell group,
  • the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the M is a positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first cell group;
  • the base station sends a random access response corresponding to the first random access channel to the UE by using a first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the first cell groups.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, where the uplink scheduling grant information is used by Instructing the UE to send uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell belong to the same cell group;
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station receives the uplink information sent by the UE by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the base station according to the K The cell group communicates with the UE, including:
  • the base station Receiving, by the base station, a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is used to indicate that the UE triggers a first measurement event in a first cell group, where the first cell group is any of the K cell groups A cell group, the first measurement event is any one of the measurement events.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a multi-carrier aggregation communication method, including:
  • the user equipment UE receives the cell grouping message sent by the base station, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, the N is an integer greater than 0, and the K is an integer less than N;
  • the UE communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K group of cells, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the group of cells; the cell grouping message is used to The serving cell corresponding to the identifier of the N serving cells is divided into the cell group corresponding to the identifier of the K cell groups.
  • the UE communicates with the base station, including:
  • the cell group modification message includes an identifier of a cell group to be modified and an identifier of a serving cell included in the modified cell group, where the cell group to be modified is Determining at least one of the K cell groups;
  • the UE updates the cell group to be modified according to the cell group modification message.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the UE Receiving, by the UE, a cell group release message sent by the base station, where the cell group release message includes an identifier of a cell group to be released, and the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups;
  • the UE releases the serving cell in the cell group to be released according to the cell group release message.
  • the UE that communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups includes:
  • a cell group activation message sent by the base station where the cell group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups;
  • the UE activates the serving cell in the cell group to be activated according to the cell group activation message.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the UE Receiving, by the UE, a cell group activation message sent by the base station, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated and a to-be-activated serving cell in the to-be-activated cell group, the cell group to be activated
  • the to-be-activated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the group of cells to which the cell belongs;
  • the UE activates the serving cell to be activated in the to-be activated cell group according to the cell group activation message.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • a cell group deactivation message sent by the base station where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one of the K cell groups a cell group;
  • the UE deactivates the serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups, and the to-be-deactivated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the group of cell groups;
  • the UE deactivates the to-be-deactivated serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the corresponding serving cell belongs to the same cell group, and the feedback information includes ACK information or NACK information.
  • the N serving cells are divided into an authorized carrier cell group and an unlicensed carrier cell group
  • the carrier of the serving cell that is included in the authorized carrier cell is an authorized carrier
  • the carrier of the serving cell included in the unlicensed carrier cell is an unlicensed carrier
  • the UE communicates with the base station according to the K group of cells.
  • the UE communicates with the base station according to the working mode of the DRX by using the serving cell in the authorized carrier cell group; or
  • the UE communicates with the base station according to an operating mode of the unconfigured DRX by using a serving cell in the unlicensed carrier cell group.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the UE communicates with the base station according to the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of each serving cell in the first cell group by using the first cell group, where the first cell group is the K cells.
  • the DRX configuration parameters include at least one of the following: a DRX duration, a DRX inactivity timer, a DRX retransmission timer, a long period DRX offset, a short DRX cycle, and a DRX short cycle.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the UE When the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, the UE sends NACK information to the base station, where the NACK information indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data,
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells;
  • the UE receives the downlink data sent by the base station by using a second serving cell.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the UE sends uplink data to the base station by using the first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells;
  • NACK information sent by the base station where the NACK information is used to indicate that the base station does not successfully receive the uplink data
  • the UE sends the uplink data to the base station by using a second serving cell.
  • the UE communicates with the base station, including:
  • the DCI is used to indicate the UE Communicating between the second serving cell and the base station, where the first serving cell and the second serving cell belong to the same cell group;
  • the UE communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell according to the DCI.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the UE performs communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtains a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells; the M is smaller than the first cell. a positive integer of the number of serving cells in the group, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups;
  • the communication link quality detection includes at least one of the following:
  • the communication link of the UE to the M serving cells in the first cell group Before performing communication link quality testing also includes:
  • the UE performs communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtains communication link quality detection results of the M serving cells, including:
  • the UE performs the communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group according to the communication link quality detection indication information, and obtains the communication chain of the M serving cells. Road quality test results.
  • the UE communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups include:
  • the M random access channels are respectively random access channels between the UE and M serving cells in the first cell group, where
  • the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the M is a positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first cell group;
  • the first serving cell Receiving, by the first serving cell, the random access response corresponding to the first random access channel sent by the base station, where the first serving cell is any one of the first cell groups.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, where the uplink scheduling grant information is used to indicate The UE sends uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell belong to the same cell group;
  • the method further includes:
  • the UE sends uplink information to the base station by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the UE is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, including:
  • the triggering the first measurement event occurrence comprises triggering to enter the first measurement event or triggering to leave the first measurement event, the first measurement event being any one of the measurement events;
  • the UE When the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group to trigger to enter the first measurement event, the UE sends a measurement report to the base station, where the measurement report is used to refer to The UE is triggered to enter the first measurement event in the first cell group.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a processing unit configured to divide the N serving cells into K cell groups, where N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the K is a positive integer less than N;
  • a sending unit configured to send a cell grouping message to the user equipment UE, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups;
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform communication with the UE according to the K cell groups.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K group of cells, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the group of cells; the cell grouping message is used to The serving cell corresponding to the identifier of the N serving cells is divided into the cell group corresponding to the identifier of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, specifically For dividing the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to the number K of PUCCHs, where the K cell groups correspond to the K PUCCHs, and each of the cell groups includes a bearer station The serving cell of the PUCCH.
  • the processing unit when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, specifically The carrier is used to allocate the serving cell to an authorized carrier cell group or an unlicensed carrier cell group according to the carrier type of the serving cell, where the carrier used by the serving cell included in the authorized carrier cell group is an authorized carrier.
  • the carrier of the serving cell application included in the unlicensed carrier cell group is an unlicensed carrier.
  • the processing unit when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, specifically For dividing the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to the TA, where the same serving cell of the TA belongs to the same cell group.
  • the processing unit when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, specifically And configured to: divide the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to signal quality.
  • the sixth possible implementation in the third aspect In the current mode, when the processing unit divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to signal quality, the processing unit is specifically configured to: use the N services according to signal quality and a preset threshold.
  • the cell is divided into a first cell group and a second cell group, where the signal quality of the serving cell included in the first cell group is greater than the preset threshold, and the signal quality of the serving cell included in the second cell group Not greater than the preset threshold.
  • the processing unit when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, specifically The serving cell according to the same serving cell transmission scheduling command and the serving cell used for transmitting the scheduling command belong to the same cell group, and the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, specifically For: the serving cell with the same DRX configuration parameter belongs to the same cell group, and the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameter includes at least one of the following: DRX duration, DRX inactivity Timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • the processing unit is according to the K
  • the cell group is in communication with the UE, and is specifically configured to: send a cell group modification message to the UE, where the cell group modification message includes an identifier of the cell group to be modified and an identifier of the cell included in the modified cell group.
  • the modified cell group is at least one of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit is according to the K
  • the cell group communicates with the UE, specifically, to: send a cell group release message to the UE, where the cell group release message includes an identifier of a cell group to be released, and the cell group to be released is the K At least one cell group in the cell group.
  • the processing unit is The cell group is in communication with the UE, and is specifically configured to: send a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is the At least one of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit is The cell group is in communication with the UE, and is specifically configured to: send a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate that the cell group to be activated and the cell group to be activated are to be activated.
  • the serving cell, the to-be-activated cell group is at least one of the K cell groups, and the to-be-activated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the cell group.
  • the processing unit is The cell group is in communication with the UE, and is specifically configured to: send a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated It is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit is according to the K
  • the cell group is in communication with the UE, and is specifically configured to: send a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated and the cell group to be activated.
  • the cell to be deactivated is the at least one cell group in the K cell group
  • the to-be-deactivated serving cell is the at least one serving cell in the cell group to be activated.
  • the processing unit is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically for Receiving, by using an uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH, CQI or feedback information of the at least one downlink channel that is sent by the UE, where the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel corresponding to the PUCCH and the service corresponding to the at least one downlink channel
  • the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel corresponding to the PUCCH and the service corresponding to the at least one downlink channel
  • the cells belong to the same cell group, and the feedback information includes acknowledgement ACK information or NACK information.
  • the processing unit is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically for : communicating with the UE according to the working mode of the DRX by using the serving cell in the authorized cell group; or performing, by using the serving cell in the unlicensed cell group, according to the working mode of the unconfigured DRX and the UE Communication.
  • the processing unit is in communication with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: use the first cell group, according to the same DRX configuration parameter of each serving cell in the first cell group
  • the corresponding DRX configuration is in communication with the UE, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameter includes at least one of the following: DRX duration, DRX inactivity Timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • the processing unit is Communicating with the UE, where the cell group is configured to send downlink data to the UE by using a first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; and a receiving station
  • the NACK information sent by the UE indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data, and the downlink data is sent to the UE by using a second serving cell.
  • the processing unit is The cell group communicates with the UE, specifically, when the base station does not successfully receive the uplink data sent by the UE by using the first serving cell, sending NACK information to the UE, where the NACK information is used. Instructing the base station not to successfully receive uplink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; and receiving the UE by using a second The uplink data sent by the serving cell.
  • the processing unit is The cell group is configured to communicate with the UE, where the UE is configured to send a DCI to the UE by using a first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells, and the DCI is used by the UE. Instructing the UE to communicate with the base station by using the second serving cell, where the first serving cell and the second serving cell belong to the same cell group; and according to the DCI, pass the second with the UE The serving cell communicates.
  • the processing unit is The K cell groups are in communication with the UE, and are specifically configured to: receive a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells in the first cell group sent by the UE, where the first cell group is the K Any one of the cell groups, wherein the M is a positive integer smaller than the number of serving cells in the first cell group; and determining the number according to the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells The quality of the communication link of the remaining serving cells in a cell group.
  • the communication link quality detection includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the sending unit is Before the processing unit receives the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells in the first cell group sent by the UE, the processing unit is further configured to send communication link quality detection indication information to the UE, where the communication link quality is The detection indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs the communication link quality detection on a communication link of the M serving cells in the first cell group.
  • the processing unit is The K cell groups are in communication with the UE, and are specifically configured to: send information of M random access channels to the UE; the M random access channels are respectively M in the UE and the first cell group. a random access channel between the serving cells, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the M is not greater than the number of serving cells in the first cell group.
  • the first access cell is configured to send the random access response corresponding to the first random access channel to the UE, where the first serving cell is any one of the first cell group Community.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, and the uplink scheduling grant information is used by Instructing the UE to send uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell belong to the same cell group;
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive uplink information sent by the UE by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the processing unit is The K cell groups are in communication with the UE, and are specifically configured to: receive a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is used to indicate that the UE triggers a first measurement event in the first cell group, where the A cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the first measurement event is any one of the measurement events.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a UE, including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a cell grouping message sent by the base station, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, where N is an integer greater than 0, and the K is an integer less than N;
  • a processing unit configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K group of cells, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the group of cells; the cell grouping message is used to The serving cell corresponding to the identifier of the N serving cells is divided into the cell group corresponding to the identifier of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically And the method is: receiving, by the base station, a cell group modification message, where the cell group modification message includes an identifier of a cell group to be modified, and an identifier of a serving cell included in the modified cell group, where the cell group to be modified is Determining at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and updating the cell group to be modified according to the cell group modification message.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically And the method is: receiving, by the base station, a cell group release message, where the cell group release message includes an identifier of a cell group to be released, and the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; And releasing, according to the cell group release message, the serving cell in the cell group to be released.
  • the fourth aspect in the fourth aspect when the processing unit performs communication with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processing unit is specifically configured to: receive a cell group activation message sent by the base station, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate to be The activated cell group, the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and the serving cell in the cell group to be activated is activated according to the cell group activation message.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically For receiving: a cell group activation message sent by the base station, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated and a to-be-activated serving cell in the cell group to be activated, the cell group to be activated
  • the to-be-activated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the cell group to which the cell group belongs; and activated in the cell group to be activated according to the cell group activation message The serving cell to be activated.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically And configured to: receive a cell group deactivation message sent by the base station, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one of the K cell groups a cell group; and deactivating the serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically For receiving: a cell group deactivation message sent by the base station, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated and a cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be deactivated,
  • the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups
  • the to-be-deactivated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the cell group to which the cell group belongs; and deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message The cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be deactivated.
  • the processing unit when performing communication with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically For transmitting, by using an uplink channel for carrying a PUCCH, channel quality indicator CQI or feedback information of the at least one downlink channel, where the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel carrying the PUCCH and the at least one downlink channel
  • the corresponding service cell belongs to the same small
  • the feedback information includes acknowledgement ACK information or non-acknowledgement NACK information.
  • the N serving cells are divided into an authorized carrier cell group and an unlicensed carrier cell group
  • the carrier of the serving cell that is included in the authorized carrier cell is an authorized carrier, and the carrier of the serving cell included in the unlicensed carrier cell is an unlicensed carrier;
  • the processing unit When the processing unit is in communication with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processing unit is specifically configured to: communicate with the base station according to a working mode of the DRX by using a serving cell in the authorized carrier cell group; or The serving cell in the authorized carrier cell group communicates with the base station according to an operating mode in which the DRX is not configured.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically The first cell group is configured to communicate with the base station according to the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of each serving cell in the first cell group, where the first cell group is the K cells.
  • the DRX configuration parameters include at least one of the following: a DRX duration, a DRX inactivity timer, a DRX retransmission timer, a long period DRX offset, a short DRX cycle, and a DRX short cycle.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, Specifically, when the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, the device sends NACK information to the base station, where the NACK information indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data.
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; and the downlink data sent by the base station is received by the second serving cell.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, Specifically, the method is: sending, by using the first serving cell, uplink data to the base station, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells, and receiving NACK information sent by the base station, The NACK information is used to indicate that the base station does not successfully receive the uplink data; and the uplink data is sent to the base station by using a second serving cell.
  • the processing unit is configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups.
  • the signaling is specifically used to: receive the DCI sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells, and the DCI is used to indicate that the UE passes Communicating between the second serving cell and the base station, the first serving cell and the second serving cell belong to the same cell group; and, according to the DCI, communicate with the base station by using the second serving cell .
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, Specifically, the communication link quality detection is performed on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells is obtained; the M is smaller than the first a positive integer of the number of serving cells in the cell group, the first cell group being any one of the K cell groups; and transmitting the communication link quality detection of the M serving cells to the base station result.
  • the communication link quality detection includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving unit is further configured to use, in the processing unit, the first cell group
  • the communication link quality detection indication information sent by the base station is received by the communication link of the M serving cells before the communication link quality detection, and the communication link quality detection indication information is used to indicate that the UE is to the The communication link of the M serving cells in a cell group performs the communication link quality detection;
  • the processing unit When the processing unit performs communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtains the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells, the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the communication chain The channel quality detection indication information is used to perform the communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtain the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the processing unit when the processing unit is in communication with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processing unit is specifically configured to: receive information about M random access channels sent by the base station;
  • the access channel is a random access channel between the UE and the M serving cells in the first cell group, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the M is a positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first group of cells; and transmitting a preamble to the base station on the first random access channel according to information of the first random access channel, the first
  • the random access channel is a random access channel of any one of the M random access channels; and the random access response corresponding to the first random access channel sent by the base station is received by the first serving cell, where The first serving cell is any one of the first cell groups.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, where the uplink scheduling grant information is used to indicate The UE sends uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell belong to the same cell group;
  • the processing unit is further configured to send uplink information to the base station by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the processing unit when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, Specifically, the method is: acquiring a signal quality of a primary serving cell in the K cell group and a neighboring cell of the UE, where the primary serving cell is a serving cell that transmits control signaling in a cell group; The signal quality of the primary serving cell, and the signal quality of the neighboring cell of the UE and the met condition of each measurement event, determining that the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group, the triggering A measuring event occurrence includes triggering entry into the first measurement event or triggering departure from the first measurement event, the first measurement event being any one of the respective measurement events; and when the UE is in the When the first measurement event is triggered in the first cell group, the measurement report is sent to the base station when the first measurement event is triggered, and the measurement report is used to indicate that the UE is in the A group of cells into the first
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method and device divides N serving cells into K cell groups by using a base station, and then sends a cell grouping message to the UE, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate the N serving cells. Dividing into the K cell groups, and then communicating with the UE according to the K cell groups, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • Embodiment 1 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 2 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 3 is a flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 4 is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 5 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 6 is a flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 7 is a flowchart of Embodiment 7 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 8 is a flowchart of Embodiment 8 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 9 is a flowchart of Embodiment 9 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 10 is a flowchart of Embodiment 10 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 11 is a flowchart of Embodiment 11 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 12 is a flowchart of Embodiment 12 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 13 is a flowchart of Embodiment 13 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 14 is a flowchart of Embodiment 14 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 15 is a flowchart of Embodiment 15 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 16 is a flowchart of Embodiment 16 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 17 is a flowchart of Embodiment 17 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 1 of a base station is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 19 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, where N is a positive integer greater than 1, and K is a positive integer less than N.
  • one serving cell corresponds to one or more carriers.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into the K cells. group.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K cell groups, and an identifier of the serving cell included in each cell group.
  • the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the serving cell corresponding to the identifier of the N serving cells is divided into K
  • the UE receives the cell packet message sent by the base station, and can determine the K cell groups into which the serving cell is divided.
  • the cell grouping message may be a radio link control (English: Radio Resource Control, RRC for short) or a medium access control layer (English: Media Access Control, MAC for short) control element (English: Control Element, short for :CE).
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K cell groups, and the identifier of the serving cell included in each cell group has two optional implementation manners.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K group of cells, and after the identifier of each group of cells, further includes an identifier of the serving cell that belongs to the group of cells, and the identifier of the group of cells It may be an index number of the cell group (for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.), and the next level of the identifier of each cell may further include an index number of the serving cell belonging to the cell group in the cell group (for example, 1. 2, 3, etc.).
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the N serving cells, and an identifier of the cell group to which the serving cell belongs after the identifier of each serving cell, where the identifier of the cell group may be
  • the identifier of each serving cell may further include an index number of the serving cell in the associated cell group (for example, 1, 2, 2) 3, etc.).
  • the base station communicates with the UE according to the K cell groups.
  • the base station and the UE may manage the serving cell in a cell group unit, that is, the base station sends a signaling for management to the UE, which may be implemented in a cell group.
  • the serving cells are managed. Therefore, when the base station needs to manage all the serving cells of the UE, the signaling sent by the base station to the UE for management is reduced compared with the prior art, and the signaling overhead is reduced.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, and then sends a cell grouping message to the UE, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into
  • the K cell groups are then in communication with the UE according to the K cell groups, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • the base station dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups may have the following optional implementation manners.
  • the base station divides N serving cells into K cell groups according to the number K of physical uplink control channels (English: Physical Uplink Control CHannel, PUCCH for short), where K The PUCCH is correspondingly carried on the K serving cells, so the K serving cells can be divided into different K cell groups, so that the K cell groups correspond to the K PUCCHs, and each cell group includes one for each
  • the remaining (NK) serving cells can be divided into K carrier groups according to certain rules, and the specific rules are not further limited in the present invention.
  • the base station may divide the serving cell corresponding to the CQI transmitted on the PUCCH and the serving cell used to carry the PUCCH into the same cell group, to divide the N serving cells into K cell groups; or, the base station
  • the serving cell corresponding to the feedback information of the PUCCH transmission and the serving cell for carrying the PUCCH may be divided into the same cell group to divide the N serving cells into K cell groups, and the feedback information includes an acknowledgement (English: Acknowledgement, Abbreviation: ACK) information or non-acknowledgment (English: Not Acknowledgement, abbreviated as: NACK) information; or, the base station may use the serving cell corresponding to the scheduling request (English: Scheduling Request, SR for short) of the PUCCH transmission
  • the serving cells of the PUCCH are divided into the same cell group to divide the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station will serve according to the carrier type of the serving cell application.
  • the serving cell is divided into an authorized carrier cell group or an unlicensed carrier cell group, wherein the carrier used by the serving cell included in the authorized carrier cell group is an authorized carrier, and the carrier used by the serving cell included in the unlicensed carrier cell group is an unlicensed carrier.
  • a serving cell may correspond to one or more carriers, and the carrier may be divided into an authorized carrier and an unlicensed carrier.
  • the serving cell When the carrier corresponding to the serving cell is an authorized carrier, the serving cell may be referred to as an authorized carrier cell, and when the serving cell corresponds to The carrier is an unlicensed carrier, and the serving cell can be referred to as an unlicensed carrier cell; thus, the authorized carrier cells in the N serving cells are divided into the same cell group, and the cell group is called an authorized carrier cell group, and N downlinks are used.
  • the unlicensed carrier cell in the carrier is divided into the same carrier cell group, and the cell group is referred to as an unlicensed carrier cell group.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups according to the timing advance (English: Timing Advanced, TA for short), wherein the serving cells with the same or similar TA are divided. It is the same cell group.
  • the timing advance English: Timing Advanced, TA for short
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups according to the signal quality, that is, the base station may divide the serving cell into K signal quality levels according to the signal quality of the N serving cells. Group of cells.
  • the base station may divide the N serving cells into the first cell group and the second cell group according to the signal quality and the preset threshold, where the signal quality of the serving cell in the first cell group is greater than the preset gate. a limit, the signal quality of the serving cell in the second cell group is not greater than the preset threshold; specifically, the base station may receive a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report includes N serving cells that can be measured by the UE.
  • the signal quality determines whether the signal quality of each serving cell is greater than a preset threshold.
  • the serving cell is divided into a cell group, and the cell group is called The first cell group, when the signal quality of the serving cell is not greater than a preset threshold, divides the serving cell into another cell group, and the other cell group is referred to as a second cell group.
  • the signal quality may be represented by a signal to noise ratio or a reference signal receiving power (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP for short).
  • the base station may belong to the same cell group according to the serving cell that uses the same serving cell transmission scheduling command and the serving cell that uses the scheduling command, and divide the N serving cells into The K cell groups.
  • the serving cell 1 may transmit a scheduling command of the serving cell 2, the serving cell 3, and the serving cell 4.
  • the serving cell 5 may also transmit a scheduling command of the serving cell 2, the serving cell 3, and the serving cell 4, and the base station may serve the serving cell 1 Service
  • the cell 2, the serving cell 3, the serving cell 4, and the serving cell 5 are divided into the same cell group.
  • the serving cell with the same configuration parameters (Discontinuous Reception, DRX for short) is classified into the same cell group.
  • the DRX configuration parameters include but are not limited to the following: DRX Duration (English: onDurationTimer), DRX inactivity timer (English: drx-InactivityTimer), DRX retransmission timer (English: drx-RetransmissionTimer), long-cycle DRX offset (English: longDRX-CycleStartOffset), short DRX cycle (English: shortDRX-Cycle), DRX short cycle (English: drxShortCycleTimer).
  • the base station may classify the serving cell with the same DRX duration as the same cell group by using the DRX duration as a division criterion; or, the base station may classify the DRX duration by using the DRX duration and the DRX inactivity timer as criteria.
  • the same serving cell of the DRX inactivity timer is zoned to the same cell group.
  • Embodiment 2 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the UE receives a cell grouping message sent by the base station, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, where N is a positive integer greater than 1, and K is a positive integer less than N.
  • the UE may receive a cell grouping message sent by the base station, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K group of cells, and an identifier of the serving cell included in each group of cells; the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the serving cell corresponding to the identifier of the N serving cells is divided into K The cell group corresponding to the identifier of the cell group; wherein one serving cell corresponds to one or more carriers.
  • the cell grouping message may be RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K cell groups, and the identifier of the serving cell included in each cell group has two optional implementation manners.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K group of cells, and after the identifier of each group of cells, further includes an identifier of the serving cell that belongs to the group of cells, and the identifier of the group of cells It may be an index number of the cell group (for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.), and the next level of the identifier of each cell may further include an index number of the serving cell belonging to the cell group in the cell group (for example, 1. 2, 3, etc.).
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the N serving cells, and an identifier of the cell group to which the serving cell belongs after the identifier of each serving cell, where
  • the identifier of the cell group may be an index number of the cell group (for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.), and the identifier of each serving cell may further include an index number of the serving cell in the cell group to which the serving cell belongs (for example, 1, 2). , 3, etc.).
  • the UE communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups.
  • the UE may obtain K cell groups that are divided into serving cells by the cell grouping message.
  • the UE and the base station may manage the serving cell in units of cell groups, that is, the base station sends a signaling for management to the UE, which can be implemented in a cell group.
  • Each of the serving cells is managed.
  • the signaling sent by the base station to the UE for management is reduced compared with the prior art, and the signaling overhead is reduced.
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention receives, by the UE, a cell grouping message sent by the base station, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, and then according to the K cell groups and the The base station communicates so that signaling overhead can be achieved.
  • the base station may not send the cell grouping message to the UE, and the UE may also obtain the grouping manner of the N serving cells, that is, The UE may divide the serving cell into an authorized carrier cell group or an unlicensed carrier cell group according to the carrier type of the serving cell application, and then the base station and the UE may communicate according to the authorized cell group and the unlicensed cell group.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends a cell group modification message to the UE.
  • an optional implementation manner in which the base station and the UE perform communication according to the K cell groups may be that the base station modifies the serving cell in the cell group.
  • the base station may determine the serving cell included in the cell group change, and then the base station sends a cell group modification message to the UE, where the cell group modification message includes: the cell to be modified The identity of the group and the cell included in the modified cell group And identifying, the cell group to be modified is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the UE updates the cell group to be modified according to the cell group modification message.
  • the UE after receiving the cell group modification message sent by the base station, the UE updates the modified cell group according to the cell group modification message.
  • the cell group 1 includes the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C.
  • the cell group 2 includes the serving cell D, the serving cell E, and the serving cell F.
  • the UE may update the cell.
  • the group 1 includes a serving cell A, a serving cell B, and a serving cell D
  • the updated cell group 2 includes a serving cell C, a serving cell E, and a serving cell F.
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention divides N serving cells into K cell groups by using a base station, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends a cell group modification message to the UE, according to the cell.
  • the group modification message updates the cell group to be modified, so that the serving cell with poor signal quality or heavy load in the cell group can be changed to other better serving cells.
  • Embodiment 4 is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends a cell group release message to the UE.
  • an optional implementation manner in which the base station and the UE perform communication according to the K cell groups may be that the base station releases the serving cell in the cell group.
  • the base station may send a cell group release message to the UE, where the cell group release message includes: an identifier of the cell group to be released, and the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the UE releases the serving cell in the cell group to be released according to the cell group release message.
  • the UE after receiving the cell group release message sent by the base station, the UE releases the serving cell in the cell group according to the cell group release message.
  • the cell group 1 includes the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C.
  • the base station sends the message to the UE.
  • the cell group release message of the identified group 1 can release the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C.
  • the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C are required to be released.
  • the cell release message of the identifiers of the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C is sent to the UE. Therefore, in the advancement of the same function, the amount of information included in the message sent to the UE in this embodiment is less, thereby reducing Signaling overhead.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends the cell group including the identifier of the cell group to be released to the UE.
  • the message is released, and the UE releases the serving cell in the cell group to be released according to the cell group release message, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends a cell group activation message to the UE.
  • an optional implementation manner in which the base station and the UE perform communication according to the K cell groups may be that the base station activates the serving cell in the cell group.
  • the base station may send a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group release message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the UE activates the serving cell in the cell group to be activated according to the cell group activation message.
  • the UE activates the serving cell in the cell group according to the cell group activation message.
  • the cell group 1 includes the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C.
  • the base station sends a cell group activation message indicating the cell group 1 to the UE to activate the serving cell A.
  • the serving cell B, the serving cell C, and the serving cell C the base station needs to send the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C to the UE.
  • the cell activation message therefore, the amount of information included in the message sent to the UE in this embodiment is less, so that the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the cell group activation message is used to indicate that the manner of the cell group to be activated can be indicated in a manner that can be mapped.
  • the base station divides the serving cell into seven cell groups, and the index numbers of the seven cell groups are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively.
  • the cell group activation message sent by the base station to the UE may include a mapping table as shown below.
  • the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 7 is activated.
  • the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 6 is activated.
  • the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates that the index number is Whether the cell group of 5 is activated, whether the fourth group from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 4 is activated, and the fifth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 3 is activated, from the left in the mapping table.
  • the sixth bit indicates whether the cell group with index number 2 is activated.
  • the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 1 is activated, where 0 indicates inactivity and 1 indicates activation.
  • the mapping table shown above indicates that the cell group to be activated is a cell group with index number 2 and a cell group with index number 4
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method divides N serving cells into K cell groups by using a base station, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends a cell group for indicating the cell group to be activated to the UE.
  • the activation message the UE activates the serving cell in the cell group to be activated according to the cell group activation message, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends a cell group deactivation message to the UE.
  • an optional implementation manner in which the base station and the UE perform communication according to the K cell groups may be that the base station activates the serving cell in the cell group.
  • the base station may send a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the UE deactivates the serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the UE after receiving the cell group deactivation message sent by the base station, the UE deactivates the serving cell in the cell group according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the cell group 1 includes the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C.
  • the base station sends a cell group deactivation message indicating the cell group 1 to the UE to implement the deactivation service.
  • the base station needs to send the UE to indicate the serving cell A and the serving cell B, The cell deactivation message of the serving cell C, therefore, the amount of information included in the message sent to the UE in this embodiment is less, so that the signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate that the manner of the cell group to be deactivated can be indicated in a manner that can be mapped.
  • the base station divides the serving cell into seven cell groups, and the index numbers of the seven cell groups are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively.
  • the cell group deactivation message sent by the base station to the UE may include a mapping table as shown below.
  • the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 7 is deactivated.
  • the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 6 is deactivated.
  • the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the index. Whether the cell group with the number 5 is deactivated, the fourth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with the index number 4 is deactivated, and the fifth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with the index number 3 is deactivated.
  • the sixth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 2 is deactivated.
  • the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 1 is deactivated, where 0 means no deactivation, 1 means go activate.
  • the mapping table shown above indicates that the cell group to be deactivated is a cell group with index number 2 and a cell group with index number 4
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention divides N serving cells into K cell groups by using a base station, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends a cell for indicating the cell group to be deactivated to the UE.
  • the group deactivates the message, and the UE deactivates the serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of Embodiment 7 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends a cell group activation message to the UE.
  • an optional implementation manner in which the base station and the UE perform communication according to the K cell groups may be that the base station activates the serving cell in the cell group.
  • the base station may send a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate the cell group to be activated, and since all the serving cells in the cell group to be activated are not all activated, the cell group activation message is further
  • the cell to be activated is used to indicate the to-be-activated cell in the cell group to be activated, the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group in the K cell group, and the to-be-activated serving cell is at least one of the cell groups to be activated.
  • a service area is used to indicate the to-be-activated cell in the cell group to be activated, the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group in the K cell group, and the to-be-activated serving cell is at least one of the cell groups to be activated.
  • the UE activates the to-be-activated serving cell in the to-be activated cell group according to the cell group activation message.
  • the UE may determine the to-be-activated serving cell in the cell group to be activated according to the cell group activation message, and then activate the to-be-activated service in the to-be-activated cell group.
  • the cell group 1 includes the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C.
  • the base station sends a cell group activation for indicating the serving cell A in the cell group 1 and the cell group 1 to the UE.
  • the message can be activated to activate the serving cell A, so that a single serving cell within the cell group can be activated on the basis of the activation of the sub-cell group.
  • the cell group activation message is used to indicate that the manner of the cell group to be activated can be indicated in a manner that can be mapped.
  • the base station divides the serving cell into seven cell groups, and each cell group includes seven serving cells as an example.
  • the index numbers of the seven cell groups are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively.
  • the index numbers of the serving cells included in the group are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively.
  • the base station When the base station is to activate a serving cell with index numbers 2 and 4 in the index group 2, and to activate the serving cell with index numbers 2 and 4 in the index group 4, the base station sends the UE to the UE.
  • the cell group activation message may include three mapping tables.
  • the first mapping table is as follows:
  • the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 7 is activated.
  • the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 6 is activated.
  • the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates that the index number is Whether the cell group of 5 is activated, whether the fourth group from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 4 is activated, and the fifth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 3 is activated, and the mapping table is left.
  • the sixth bit indicates whether the cell group with index number 2 is activated.
  • the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 1 is activated, where 0 indicates inactivity and 1 indicates activation.
  • the second mapping table is as follows:
  • the second mapping table is an activation condition of the serving cell in the to-be-activated cell group whose index number is ranked first, wherein the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates that the index number in the cell group with index number 2 is Whether the serving cell of 7 is activated, and the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with index number 6 in the cell group with index number 2 is activated, and the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates that the index number is 2. Whether the serving cell with the index number 5 in the cell group is activated, and the fourth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with the index number 4 in the cell group with index number 2 is activated, and the mapping table is from the left.
  • the sixth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with index number 2 in the cell group with index number 2 is Activation
  • the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with index number 1 in the cell group with index number 2 is activated, where 0 indicates inactivity and 1 indicates activation.
  • the third mapping table is as follows:
  • the third mapping table is an activation condition of the serving cell in the to-be-activated cell group whose index number is ranked second, wherein the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates that the index number in the cell group with index number 4 is Whether the serving cell of 7 is activated, and the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell group with index number 6 in the cell group with index number 4 is activated, and the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates that the index number is Whether the serving cell with the index number 5 in the cell group of 4 is activated, and the fourth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with the index number 4 in the cell group with index number 4 is activated, from the left in the mapping table
  • the fifth bit indicates whether the serving cell with index number 3 in the cell group with index number 4 is activated
  • the sixth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the serving cell with index number 2 in the cell group with index number 4 Whether it is activated or not
  • the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends a cell group indicating the to-be-activated to the UE and the Cell group activation of the to-be-activated serving cell in the cell to be activated
  • the UE activates the to-be-activated serving cell in the to-be-activated cell group according to the cell group activation message, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of Embodiment 8 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends a cell group deactivation message to the UE.
  • an optional implementation manner in which the base station and the UE communicate according to the K cell groups may be that the base station deactivates the serving cell in the cell group.
  • the base station may send a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate the cell group to be activated, and the cell group is not activated because all the serving cells in the cell group to be activated are not all activated.
  • the deactivation message is further used to indicate the to-be-deactivated serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated, the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group in the K cell group, and the to-be-deactivated serving cell is the At least one serving cell in the group of cells to be deactivated.
  • the UE deactivates the cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the UE may determine the to-be-deactivated serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message, and then deactivate the to-be-deactivated cell.
  • the cell to be deactivated in the group Taking the deactivated cell group 1 as an example, the cell group 1 includes the serving cell A, the serving cell B, and the serving cell C.
  • the base station sends a cell group for indicating the serving cell A in the cell group 1 and the cell group 1 to the UE. Deactivation of the message can be achieved by deactivating the serving cell A.
  • the cell group activation message is used to indicate that the manner of the cell group to be deactivated can be indicated in a manner that can be mapped.
  • the base station divides the serving cell into seven cell groups, and each cell group includes seven serving cells as an example.
  • the index numbers of the seven cell groups are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively.
  • the index numbers of the serving cells included in the group are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively.
  • the first mapping table is as follows:
  • the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 7 is deactivated.
  • the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 6 is deactivated.
  • the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the index. Whether the cell group with the number 5 is deactivated, the fourth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with the index number 4 is deactivated, and the fifth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with the index number 3 is deactivated.
  • the sixth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 2 is deactivated.
  • the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 1 is deactivated, where 0 means no deactivation, 1 means go activate.
  • the second mapping table is as follows:
  • the second mapping table is a deactivation situation of the serving cell in the to-be-activated cell group whose index number is ranked first, wherein the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the index number in the cell group with index number 2 Whether the serving cell of 7 is deactivated, the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the cell group with index number 6 in the serving cell with index number 2 is deactivated, and the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the index.
  • mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with index number 5 in the cell group numbered 2 is deactivated, and the fourth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with index number 4 in the cell group with index number 2 is deactivated.
  • mapping The fifth bit from the left in the table indicates whether the serving cell with index number 3 in the cell group with index number 2 is deactivated.
  • the sixth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the index number in the cell group with index number 2.
  • the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with index number 1 in the cell group with index number 2 is deactivated, where 0 means no deactivation, 1 means go activation.
  • the third mapping table is as follows:
  • the third mapping table is a deactivation situation of the serving cell in the to-be-deactivated cell group whose index number is ranked second, wherein the first bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the index in the cell group with index number 4 Whether the serving cell numbered 7 is deactivated, the second bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell group with index number 6 in the cell group with index number 4 is deactivated, and the third bit from the left in the mapping table indicates Whether the serving cell with index number 5 in the cell group with index number 4 is deactivated, from the left in the mapping table The fourth bit indicates whether the serving cell with the index number 4 in the cell group with the index number 4 is deactivated, and the fifth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates the service with the index number 3 in the cell group with the index number 4 Whether the cell is deactivated, the sixth bit from the left in the mapping table indicates whether the serving cell with the index number 2 in the cell group with index number 4 is deactivated, and the seventh bit from the left in the mapping table indicates
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention divides N serving cells into K cell groups by using a base station, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends a cell group for indicating the to-be-deactivated to the UE.
  • a cell group deactivation message of the cell to be deactivated in the cell to be deactivated the UE deactivates the serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message, thereby reducing signaling overhead .
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of Embodiment 9 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into an authorized carrier cell group and an unlicensed carrier cell group.
  • the carrier that is applied by the serving cell included in the authorized carrier cell group is an authorized carrier
  • the carrier that is applied by the serving cell included in the unlicensed cell group is an unlicensed carrier
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station after the base station divides the N serving cells into the authorized carrier cell group and the unlicensed carrier cell group, the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the cell grouping message may include: an identifier of the authorized carrier cell group and an identifier of the unlicensed carrier cell group, and an identifier of the serving cell included in the authorized carrier cell group, and an identifier of the serving cell included in the unlicensed carrier cell group.
  • the UE After receiving the cell grouping message sent by the base station, the UE may learn that the N serving cells are respectively divided into an authorized carrier cell group and an unlicensed carrier cell group.
  • the base station communicates with the UE according to the working mode of the DRX by using the serving cell in the authorized carrier cell group; or, by using the serving cell in the unlicensed carrier cell group, and the UE according to the working mode of the unconfigured DRX Communication.
  • the base station and the UE when DRX configuration is required, in each serving cell in the authorized carrier cell group, the base station and the UE can communicate with the UE according to the working mode of the DRX. Unauthorized Each serving cell in the wave cell, the base station and the UE can communicate according to an operating mode in which the DRX is not configured.
  • the multi-carrier carrier communication method divides N serving cells into an authorized carrier cell group and an unlicensed carrier cell group by using a base station, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE; and then, the base station passes the authorization.
  • the serving cell in the carrier cell group communicates with the UE according to the working mode of the DRX; or communicates with the UE according to the working mode of the unconfigured DRX by using the serving cell in the unlicensed carrier cell group;
  • the UE uses the authorized carrier to communicate with the base station, the UE uses the DRX configuration to save power consumption of the UE.
  • the UE uses the unlicensed carrier in the unlicensed carrier cell, the UE adopts a non-DRX configuration and can provide an unlicensed carrier. Resource utilization.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of Embodiment 10 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station belongs to the same cell group according to the same serving cell with the DRX configuration parameter, and divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the specific implementation process of the S1001 and the S1002 may refer to the description in the sixth optional implementation manner in which the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups in the first embodiment of the foregoing method. I won't go into details here.
  • S1003 The base station and the UE communicate by using the first cell group according to the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of each serving cell in the first cell group.
  • the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups
  • the base station is in any one of the first cell groups
  • the UE is configured according to each serving cell in the first cell group.
  • the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter communicates.
  • the DRX configuration parameter includes a DRX duration
  • the first cell is the first cell in the first cell group
  • the first cell is any one of the first cell group
  • the base station sends a PDCCH order to the UE, where
  • the DRX duration of each serving cell in the first cell group is the same; correspondingly, after receiving the PDCCH command in the first cell, the UE according to the first cell belongs to the first cell group, and each service in the first cell group
  • the timer is turned on in the cell, and the operation corresponding to the DRX duration is performed.
  • the serving cell that belongs to the same cell according to the DRX configuration parameter belongs to the same cell group, and the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups to the UE. Transmitting a cell grouping message, and communicating with the UE according to the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of each serving cell in the first cell group by using the first cell group, so that the UE can flexibly adopt the DRX configuration to communicate with the base station. , saving the power consumption of the UE.
  • Embodiment 11 is a flowchart of Embodiment 11 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends downlink data to the UE by using the first serving cell.
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells.
  • S1104 When the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, the UE sends non-confirmation information to the base station.
  • the UE when the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, for example, the UE does not receive the downlink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell; or, the UE receives the downlink data.
  • the base station passes the downlink data sent by the first serving cell but cannot parse the data, the UE sends non-acknowledgement (NACK) information to the base station, where the NACK information is used to indicate that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data.
  • NACK non-acknowledgement
  • the base station sends the downlink data to the UE by using the second serving cell.
  • the second serving cell and the first serving cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the base station may retransmit the downlink data.
  • the first serving cell may not have resources for retransmission. It is also possible that the first serving cell is no longer selected for retransmission because the channel quality of the first serving cell is poor.
  • the method for the base station to retransmit the downlink data includes the following two optional methods:
  • the base station determines the cell group to which the first serving cell belongs, and then selects the second serving cell from the cell group to retransmit the downlink data, so that retransmission across the serving cell, that is, cross-carrier retransmission, and one serving cell corresponding One or more carriers.
  • the second serving cell and the first serving cell may belong to different cell groups.
  • the base station may select one serving cell (ie, the second serving cell) to retransmit the downlink data according to the signal quality and load of each serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell do not belong to the same cell group.
  • the base station may packetize the retransmitted data packet into a new packet data unit (PDU: PDU), that is, this is a new transmission for the UE.
  • the data packet in this case, the hybrid automatic repeat request (English: identifier: HARQ) identifier (English: identity, abbreviation: ID), the HARQ entity will be updated; optionally, the HARQ retransmission of the base station at this time The number of times is added once.
  • the base station instructs the UE to receive data of the same HARQ entity across carriers; at the same time, accumulates the number of HARQ retransmissions of the base station once.
  • the MAC layer of the base station performs an RLC retransmission through radio link control (English: Radio Link Control, RLC for short) of the base station; at the same time, accumulates the number of HARQ retransmissions of the base station once.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then the base station sends downlink data to the UE by using the first serving cell,
  • the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data sent by the base station through the first serving cell
  • the UE sends NACK information to the base station
  • the base station sends the downlink data to the UE by using the second serving cell, so that cross-carrier retransmission can be implemented.
  • the downlink data is used to avoid high packet loss rate and improve the robustness of data transmission when no retransmission is possible.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of Embodiment 12 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • S1201 The base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the UE sends uplink data to the base station by using the first serving cell.
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells.
  • the base station fails to receive the uplink data sent by the UE by using the first serving cell, the base station sends non-confirmation information to the UE.
  • the base station when the base station fails to receive the downlink data sent by the UE through the first serving cell, the base station does not receive the uplink data sent by the UE through the first serving cell; or the base station receives the uplink data.
  • the base station sends non-acknowledgment (NACK) information to the UE, where the NACK information is used to indicate that the base station has not successfully received the uplink data.
  • NACK non-acknowledgment
  • the UE sends the uplink data to the base station by using the second serving cell.
  • the second serving cell and the first serving cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the UE may retransmit the uplink data.
  • the first serving cell may not have resources for retransmission. It is also possible that the first serving cell is no longer selected for retransmission because the channel quality of the first serving cell is poor.
  • the method for the UE to retransmit the uplink data includes the following two optional methods:
  • the UE determines the cell group to which the first serving cell belongs, and then selects the second serving cell from the cell group to retransmit the uplink data, so that retransmission across the serving cell, that is, cross-carrier retransmission, and one serving cell corresponding to each One or more carriers.
  • the second serving cell and the first serving cell may belong to different cell groups.
  • the UE may retransmit the uplink data according to the signal quality and load of each serving cell to select one serving cell (ie, the second serving cell), and the second serving cell and the first serving cell do not belong to the same cell group.
  • the UE may packetize the retransmitted data packet into a new MAC PDU, that is, for the base station, this is a new data packet, and the HARQ ID and the HARQ entity are updated.
  • the number of HARQ retransmissions of the UE is added once.
  • the UE instructs the base station to receive data of the same HARQ entity across carriers; at the same time, accumulates the number of HARQ retransmissions of the UE once.
  • the MAC layer of the UE performs an RLC retransmission through the RLC of the UE; at the same time, the number of HARQ retransmissions of the UE is accumulated once.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then the UE sends the uplink data to the base station by using the first serving cell,
  • the base station does not successfully receive the uplink data sent by the UE through the first serving cell
  • the base station sends NACK information to the UE, and the UE sends the uplink data to the base station by using the second serving cell, so that cross-carrier retransmission can be implemented.
  • Uplink data avoids high packet loss rate and improves data transmission robustness because it cannot be retransmitted without retransmitting resources.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of Embodiment 13 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends a downlink control indication (English: Downlink Control Information, DCI for short) to the UE by using the first serving cell.
  • a downlink control indication (English: Downlink Control Information, DCI for short)
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells
  • the DCI is used to indicate that the UE communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell, the first serving cell and the first serving cell
  • the two serving cells belong to the same cell group.
  • the base station sends the DCI to the UE
  • the base station determines a cell group to which the second serving cell belongs, selects a first serving cell from the cell group, and sends the DCI to the UE by using the first serving cell.
  • the DCI indicates how the second serving cell can pass the mapping table or offset.
  • S1304 The base station and the UE communicate according to the DCI through the second serving cell.
  • the base station and the UE after the UE receives the DCI sent by the base station, the base station and the UE perform communication according to the DCI through the second serving cell (that is, perform an operation indicated by the DCI), for example, the UE may be based on the DCI.
  • the base station transmits UL data, and the base station receives the UL data sent by the UE according to the DCI; or the base station sends the DL data to the UE according to the DCI, and the UE receives the DL data sent by the base station according to the DCI; or the base station and the UE perform power control according to the DCI.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends a DCI to the UE by using the first serving cell;
  • the DCI communicates through the second serving cell, so that the DCI transmitted on one serving cell in the cell group can schedule a carrier corresponding to another serving cell of the cell group, thereby balancing the use of the group of control channels and solving partial cell control.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of Embodiment 14 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups according to the number K of PUCCHs.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the UE sends a channel quality indicator (CQI) of at least one downlink channel to the base station by using an uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH. Feedback information.
  • CQI channel quality indicator
  • the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH and the serving cell corresponding to the at least one downlink channel belong to the same cell group. Since some cells can only have no uplink carriers on the downlink carrier, there are only downlink channels and no uplink channels through the cells between the UE and the base station, and the number of downlink channels in some cell groups is greater than or equal to the number of uplink channels. It is ensured that each downlink channel has uplink feedback. Therefore, the CQI or feedback information of the downlink channel corresponding to each serving cell in each cell group can be reported to the base station through the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH in the cell group.
  • the UE may send CQI or feedback information of the at least one downlink channel to the base station by using an uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH, where the foregoing feedback information may include ACK information or NACK information.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups according to the number of PUCCHs between the base station and the UE, and then sends the cell grouping to the UE.
  • the UE sends the CQI or the feedback information of the at least one downlink channel to the base station by using the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH, so that the CQI or the feedback information of each downlink channel can be reported to the base station.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a fifteenth embodiment of the multi-carrier aggregation communication method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the UE performs communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtains a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the UE may perform communication link quality detection on a communication link of at least one serving cell in each of the K cell groups, where one of the K cell groups (referred to as the first A cell group is taken as an example, and other cell groups are similar.
  • the UE may perform communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, obtain the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells, and the M is smaller than the first.
  • the communication link quality detection includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: whether the downlink channel is Whether the out-of-step, uplink channel is out of synchronization, the signal of the uplink channel and the interference plus noise ratio (English: signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR) is lower than the preset threshold, and the SINR of the uplink channel is connected H times.
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • the S1503 will be described in detail below.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups according to the number K of PUCCHs in S1501, refer to the base station in Embodiment 1 of the foregoing method of the present invention.
  • the description is made in the first optional implementation manner of dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, and details are not described herein.
  • the UE communicates with the serving cell of the serving cell carrying the PUCCH in the first cell group.
  • the road performs communication link quality detection.
  • the first cell group does not include the primary serving cell in the N serving cells, where the N
  • the primary serving cell in the serving cell refers to working on the primary frequency, performing an initial RRC establishment procedure or a re-establishment process, or performing a handover operation in the handover process; or, the PUCCH and the primary serving cell belong to a system information block (English: a system information block (referred to as: SIB) 2 link, where the SIB2 link indicates that the PUCCH and the primary serving cell in the N serving cells are configured and paired by using SIB2; or, in the N serving cells
  • the primary serving cell is a downlink path loss reference cell of the serving cell that carries the PUCCH, and the UE does not perform communication link quality detection on the communication link of the serving cell that carries the PUCCH, or the UE does not serve the PUCCH.
  • the communication link of each serving cell in the cell group to
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups according to the TA, where the serving cells with the same or similar TAs are divided into the same cell group;
  • the UE may perform communication link quality detection on a communication link of any one of the first cell groups.
  • the UE may perform S1503 according to the indication of the base station; specifically, before the UE performs S1503, the base station sends communication link quality detection indication information to the UE, and the communication link quality detection indication
  • the information may be used to indicate that the UE performs the communication link quality detection on the communication link of the M serving cells in the first cell group, that is, the communication link quality detection indication information is used to indicate which cell group the UE is to.
  • the communication link quality detection indication information may include which parameters the UE specifically detects, such as DL out-of-synchronization, or UL out-of-synchronization, Or DL SINR Wait.
  • the UE After receiving the communication link quality indication indication information sent by the base station, the UE performs communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group according to the communication link quality detection indication information.
  • the UE may perform S1503 according to the indication of the base station; specifically, before the UE performs S1503, the base station sends communication link quality detection indication information to the UE, where the communication chain
  • the channel quality detection indication information may be used to indicate that the UE performs communication link quality detection on the communication link of the M serving cells in the first cell group, that is, the communication link quality detection indication information is used to indicate to the UE Which communication link quality detection is performed by the communication links of which serving cells in a cell group.
  • the UE After receiving the communication link quality detection indication information sent by the base station, the UE performs communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group according to the communication link quality detection indication information. The communication link quality detection is not performed on the communication links of other serving cells in the first cell group.
  • the UE may obtain the link quality detection of the communication link of the remaining serving cells in the first cell group according to the M communication link quality detection results.
  • the UE can obtain the link quality of the communication link of the other serving cell in the first cell group according to the prior art, and obtain the link quality of the communication link of each serving cell in the entire first cell group. .
  • the UE may perform S1504 after obtaining the foregoing communication link quality detection result, or may not send the communication link quality detection result to the base station.
  • the UE sends a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells to the base station.
  • the base station determines, according to a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells, a communication link quality of the remaining serving cells in the first cell group.
  • the UE reports the result to the base station.
  • the base station determines, according to the M communication link quality detection result, the communication link quality of the remaining serving cells in the first cell group, and further obtains the communication link of each serving cell in the entire first cell group. Link quality.
  • the base station may instruct the UE to stop data transmission on the poor quality communication links; for example, the base station may pass the cell.
  • the group release message is used to instruct the UE to release the serving cell with poor communication link quality.
  • the base station may use the cell group deactivation message to instruct the UE to deactivate the serving cell with poor communication link quality.
  • the sixth or eighth method of the method The related description is such that the UE stops transmitting data with the base station on the serving cells.
  • the UE may actively stop on the poor quality communication links according to the M communication link quality detection results. Stop data transfer.
  • the UE if the downlink timing reference cell or the path loss reference cell corresponding to the PUCCH carried by the serving cell with poor communication link quality does not belong to the first cell group, the UE will continue to perform poor quality through the communication link.
  • the serving cell sends the uplink data, that is, the UE only stops the uplink data transmission of the serving cell with poor communication link quality as the downlink timing reference cell or the path loss reference cell.
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention divides N serving cells into K cell groups by a base station, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE; and then the UE communicates with the M serving cells in the first cell group.
  • the link performs the communication link quality detection, obtains the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells, and reports the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells to the base station. Since the UE only needs to perform quality detection on the communication link with some serving cells in the same cell group, the behavior complexity of the UE can be reduced.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of Embodiment 16 of a multi-carrier aggregation communication method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the base station sends information of M random access channels to the UE.
  • the base station may send information about a random access channel in each of the K groups of cells to the UE.
  • one of the K groups of cells for example, the first group of cells
  • the base station sends, to the UE, information of M random access channels in the first cell group, where the M random access channels are random access channels between the UE and M serving cells in the first cell group, where the M A positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first group of cells.
  • the information of the random access channel may include: a time-frequency resource location of the channel, and random access The maximum number of entries, the backoff parameters, and so on.
  • the UE sends a preamble to the base station according to the information of the first random access channel on the first random access channel.
  • the UE may send a preamble to the base station according to the information of each of the M random access channels, where one of the M random access channels is randomly accessed.
  • the first random access information is used as an example, and other random access channels are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE may send a preamble to the base station on the first random access channel according to the information of the first random access channel.
  • the base station sends a random access response corresponding to the first random access channel to the UE by using the first serving cell.
  • the base station after the base station receives the preamble sent by the UE on the first random access channel, the base station needs to send a random access response corresponding to the first random access channel to the UE, where the base station can And selecting, by using any one of the first cell groups, a random access response corresponding to the first random access channel to the UE, for example, the base station may send the UE to the UE by using the serving cell where the first random access channel is located. Sending a random access response, or the base station may send a random access response to the UE through a serving cell other than the serving cell where the first random access channel is located in the first cell group. After receiving the random access ringing sent by the base station, the UE completes the random access procedure of the UE on the first random access channel.
  • the random access response includes an uplink scheduling grant (UL grant) information, where the uplink scheduling grant information is used to indicate that the UE sends uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell belongs to the first serving cell The same cell group; that is, the serving cell for transmitting the random access response, and the uplink scheduling grant information indicates that the serving cell in which the uplink information is sent by the UE is a different cell but belongs to the same cell group.
  • the uplink information may be uplink data. After performing S1605, the UE sends uplink data to the base station by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the uplink information may be message 3. After performing S1605, the UE is configured according to the uplink scheduling.
  • Authorization information sending a message 3 to the base station through the second serving cell, after the base station receives the message 3 sent by the UE, the base station sends a message 4 to the UE, thereby completing random competition of the UE on the first random access channel. Access process.
  • the multi-carrier aggregation communication method divides N serving cells into K cell groups by a base station, sends a cell grouping message to the UE, and then sends M random numbers to the UE.
  • Information of the access channel the UE then sends a preamble to the base station according to the information of the first random access channel on the first random access channel; the base station sends the first random connection to the UE by using the first serving cell
  • the random access response corresponding to the incoming channel completes the random access procedure of the UE on the first random access channel to achieve uplink synchronization.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart of Embodiment 17 of the multi-carrier aggregation communication method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups.
  • the base station sends a cell grouping message to the UE.
  • the UE acquires signal quality of a primary serving cell in the K cell group and a neighboring cell of the UE.
  • the UE obtains the signal quality of the primary serving cell in the K cell group and the neighboring cell of the UE.
  • the primary serving cell of the cell group may be, for example, used to carry the PUCCH in the cell group.
  • the serving cell, or the primary serving cell of the cell group and the PUCCH in the cell group belong to the SIB2 link, where the SIB2 link indicates that the PUCCH and the primary serving cell of the cell group are configured and paired by using SIB2; or the cell group
  • the primary serving cell may be a downlink path loss reference cell or the like of the serving cell in the cell group for carrying the PUCCH.
  • the signal quality of the UE acquiring the cell may be, for example, the UE sampling the reference signal of the cell.
  • the T When the T is sampled, the T indicates the minimum number of times that the physical layer measurement accuracy of the UE is met, and the physical layer of the UE performs T sampling results.
  • the smoothing process is performed to obtain a physical layer measurement value for use by the RRC layer of the UE, and the RRC layer of the UE performs smoothing processing on the physical layer measurement value to obtain the signal quality of the cell.
  • the UE determines, according to the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the first cell group, the signal quality of the neighboring cell of the UE, and the met condition of each measurement event, to determine that the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group. occur.
  • the measurement event occurs by entering a measurement event or leaving the measurement event, and the measurement event is an A1 event, an A2 event, an A3 event, an A4 event, an A5 event, and the like.
  • the UE may determine, according to the signal quality of the primary serving cell of each cell group, the signal quality of the neighboring cell of the UE, and the met condition of each measurement event, to determine that the measurement event triggered by the UE in each cell group occurs.
  • a first cell group an example of one of the K cell groups (referred to as a first cell group) will be described as an example.
  • the cell group is similar and will not be described here.
  • the UE may determine, according to the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the first cell group, the signal quality of the neighboring cell of the UE, and the met condition of each measurement event, to determine that the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group.
  • the first measurement event is any one of the above measurement events.
  • the UE may further receive the measurement frequency point information and the measurement cell list configured by the base station, and the configured measurement event may be triggered only when the measured neighboring cell on the measurement frequency point belongs to the measurement cell list, otherwise The corresponding measurement event of the configuration is not triggered. Further, when only the primary serving cell in the first cell group is a secondary cell of the N serving cells, the UE uses the measured cell list to limit the measurement event.
  • the secondary cell does not include a primary secondary cell (PSCell) configured in a dual connectivity feature.
  • PSCell primary secondary cell
  • the condition for entering the A3 event is: Mn+Ofn+Ocn-Hys>Mp+Ofp+Ocp+Off.
  • the condition for leaving the A3 event is: Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys ⁇ Mp+Ofp+Ocp+Off.
  • Mn the signal quality of the neighboring region, and no offset is considered.
  • Ocn represents the cell offset of the neighboring cell.
  • Mp represents the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the cell group, without considering any offset.
  • Ofp represents the offset of the frequency of the primary serving cell of the cell group.
  • Ocp represents the cell offset of the primary serving cell of the cell group
  • Hys indicates the hysteresis parameter corresponding to the A3 event.
  • the UE determines that the condition for satisfying the entry of the A3 event is satisfied according to the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the first cell group and the signal quality of the neighboring cell, it is determined that the UE triggers the entry into the A3 event in the first cell group;
  • the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the cell group and the signal quality of the neighboring cell are determined to meet the satisfaction condition of the leaving A3 event, it is determined that the UE triggers the A3 event in the first cell group.
  • the condition 1 for entering the A5 event is: Mp+Hys ⁇ Thresh 1
  • the condition 2 for entering the A5 event is: Mn+Ofn+Ocn-Hys>Thresh 2
  • the condition 1 for leaving the A5 event is: Mp-Hys>Thresh 1
  • the condition 2 for leaving the A5 event is: Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys ⁇ Thresh 2
  • Mp represents the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the cell group, and no offset is considered.
  • Mn represents the signal quality of the neighboring region and does not take into account any offset.
  • Ocn represents the cell offset of the neighboring cell.
  • Hys indicates the hysteresis parameter corresponding to the A5 event.
  • Thresh1 represents the threshold 1 corresponding to the A5 event.
  • Thresh2 represents the threshold 2 corresponding to the A5 event.
  • Determining that the UE is in the first cell group when the UE determines that the condition 1 for satisfying the entry of the A5 event is satisfied or the condition 2 for satisfying the event of entering the A5 is satisfied according to the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the first cell group and the signal quality of the neighboring cell.
  • the medium triggers the entry into the A5 event; when the UE determines that the satisfaction condition 1 of the leaving A5 event is satisfied or the satisfaction condition 2 of the leaving A5 event is satisfied according to the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the first cell group and the signal quality of the neighboring cell, then the determining The UE triggers the leave A5 event in the first cell group.
  • the UE When the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group, the UE sends a measurement report to the base station.
  • the UE determines that the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group, and if the UE determines that the first measurement event triggered by the first cell group is triggered to leave the first measurement event, the UE No measurement report is generated. If the UE determines that the first cell group triggers the first measurement event to be triggered to enter the first measurement event, the UE generates a measurement report, where the measurement report is used to indicate that the UE triggers to enter the first measurement in the first cell group. Event, then the UE reports the generated measurement report to the base station.
  • the base station divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, and sends a cell grouping message to the UE; the UE acquires the primary serving cell and the UE in the K cell groups.
  • the signal quality of the neighboring cell and determining, according to the signal quality of the primary serving cell of the first cell group, and the signal quality of the neighboring cell of the UE and the met condition of each measurement event, determining that the UE triggers in the first cell group
  • the first measurement event occurs, and when the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group, the UE sends a measurement report to the base station, thereby preventing the primary service of the cell group from being unavailable in some measurement scenarios.
  • the cell performs measurements.
  • the foregoing cell may be represented as a signal coverage area or a network side,
  • the specific physical concept of the base station, or the carrier, or the carrier frequency is not limited in the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment may include: a processing unit 11 and a sending unit 12, where the processing unit 11 is configured to divide N serving cells into For the K cell groups, the N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the K is a positive integer less than N; the sending unit 12 is configured to send a cell grouping message to the UE, where the cell grouping message is used to indicate the N The serving cell is divided into the K cell groups; the processing unit 11 is further configured to perform communication with the UE according to the K cell groups.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K cell groups, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the cell groups; the cell grouping message is used to indicate an identifier of the N serving cells.
  • the corresponding serving cell is divided into the cell groups corresponding to the identifiers of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit 11 dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups may have an optional implementation as described below.
  • the processing unit 11 when the processing unit 11 divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, the processing unit 11 is specifically configured to: divide the N serving cells into the K according to the number K of PUCCHs. a cell group, the K cell groups corresponding to the K PUCCHs, each of the cell groups including a serving cell for carrying the PUCCH.
  • the processing unit 11 when the processing unit 11 divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, the processing unit 11 is specifically configured to: divide the serving cell into an authorization according to a carrier type of the serving cell application.
  • the carrier cell group or the unlicensed carrier cell group wherein the carrier of the serving cell that is included in the authorized carrier cell group is an authorized carrier, and the carrier of the serving cell included in the unlicensed carrier cell group is an unlicensed carrier.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to: when the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, divide the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to the TA. Wherein, the same serving cell of the TA belongs to the same cell group.
  • the processing unit 11 when the processing unit 11 divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, the processing unit 11 is specifically configured to: divide the N serving cells into the K cells according to signal quality. group.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to: when the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups according to the signal quality, specifically, to: use the N serving cells according to a signal quality and a preset threshold. Dividing into a first cell group and a second cell group, where a signal quality of the serving cell included in the first cell group is greater than the preset threshold, and a serving cell included in the second cell group The signal quality is not greater than the preset threshold.
  • the processing unit 11 when the processing unit 11 divides the N serving cells into K cell groups, the processing unit 11 is specifically configured to: according to the serving cell that uses the same serving cell transmission scheduling command, and is used to transmit the scheduling The commanded serving cell belongs to the same cell group, and the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to: when the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, the serving cell that belongs to the same cell group according to the DRX configuration parameter belongs to the same cell group, and the N The serving cell is divided into the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameters include at least one of the following: a DRX duration, a DRX inactivity timer, a DRX retransmission timer, a long period DRX offset, a short DRX cycle, and a short DRX. cycle.
  • the processing unit 11 configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, may have an optional implementation as described below.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: send a cell group modification message to the UE, where the cell group modification message includes The identifier of the cell group to be modified and the identifier of the cell included in the modified cell group, where the cell group to be modified is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: send a cell group release message to the UE, where the cell group release message includes The identifier of the cell group to be released, the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to send a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group activation message is used. And indicating the cell group to be activated, the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to send a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell group activation message is used.
  • the cell group to be activated is the cell group to be activated
  • the cell group to be activated is the at least one cell group in the K cell group
  • the to-be-activated serving cell is At least one serving cell in the group of cells to which it belongs.
  • the processing unit 11 is based on the K cell groups and The UE performs communication, and is specifically configured to: send a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is the K At least one cell group in the cell group.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to send a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where the cell group is deactivated.
  • the message is used to indicate the cell group to be deactivated and the cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group in the K cell group,
  • the serving cell to be deactivated is at least one serving cell in the group of cells to which it belongs.
  • the processing unit 11 is in communication with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: receive, by using an uplink channel that carries a PUCCH, at least one sent by the UE.
  • the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH and the serving cell corresponding to the at least one downlink channel belong to the same cell group, and the feedback information includes acknowledgement ACK information or NACK information.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: use a serving cell in the authorized cell group, and the UE according to the DRX The working mode communicates; or, through the serving cell in the unlicensed cell group, communicates with the UE according to an operating mode in which the DRX is not configured.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: pass the first cell group, according to each service in the first cell group.
  • the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of the cell is in communication with the UE, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameter includes at least one of the following: DRX Duration, DRX inactivity timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to send downlink data to the UE by using the first serving cell, where the first The serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; and receiving NACK information sent by the UE, where the NACK information indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data; and the second serving cell The UE sends the downlink data.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, where specifically, when the base station fails to receive the UE by using the first service Sending NACK information to the UE when the uplink data is sent by the cell, where the NACK information is used to indicate that the base station does not successfully receive uplink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, where the first serving cell And serving the cell of any one of the N serving cells; and receiving the uplink data sent by the UE by using the second serving cell.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: send a DCI to the UE by using a first serving cell, where the first The serving cell is any one of the N serving cells, where the DCI is used to indicate that the UE communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell, the first serving cell and the second serving cell Belong to the same cell group; and communicate with the UE through the second serving cell according to the DCI.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: receive, by the UE, the M serving cells in the first cell group a communication link quality detection result, wherein the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the M is a positive integer smaller than a number of serving cells in the first cell group; And determining a communication link quality of the remaining serving cells in the first cell group according to the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the communication link quality detection includes but is not limited to one or a combination of the following:
  • the sending unit 12 is further configured to send the communication link quality detection indication information to the UE.
  • the communication link quality detection indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs the communication link quality detection on a communication link of the M serving cells in the first cell group.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: send information of M random access channels to the UE;
  • the M random access channels are random access channels between the UE and the M serving cells in the first cell group, and the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups.
  • Said M is a positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first group of cells; and receiving a preamble transmitted by the UE on the first random access channel according to information of the first random access channel,
  • the first random access channel is any one of the M random access channels; and the random access response corresponding to the first random access channel is sent to the UE by using the first serving cell
  • the first serving cell is any one of the first cell groups.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, where the uplink scheduling grant information is used to indicate that the UE sends uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell
  • the processing unit 11 is further configured to receive the uplink information sent by the UE by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the processing unit 11 is in communication with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: receive a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is used to indicate The UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the first measurement event is any one of the measurement events. A measurement event.
  • the base station in this embodiment may be used to perform the technical solution executed by the base station in the foregoing method embodiments of the present invention, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station in this embodiment may include: a processor 21 and a transceiver 22, where the processor 21 is configured to divide the N serving cells into For K cell groups, the N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the K is a positive integer less than N; the cell packet message is sent to the UE by the transceiver 22, where the cell packet message is used to indicate the N serving cells Dividing into the K cell groups; and communicating with the UE according to the K cell groups.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K cell groups, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the cell groups; the cell grouping message is used to indicate an identifier of the N serving cells.
  • the corresponding serving cell is divided into the cell groups corresponding to the identifiers of the K cell groups.
  • the processor 21 dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups may have an optional implementation as described below.
  • the processor 21 when the processor 21 divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups, the processor 21 is specifically configured to: divide the N serving cells into the according to the number K of the track PUCCHs. K cell groups, the K cell groups corresponding to the K PUCCHs, each of the small The block includes a serving cell for carrying the PUCCH.
  • the processor 21 when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, is specifically configured to: divide the serving cell into an authorization according to a carrier type of the serving cell application.
  • the carrier cell group or the unlicensed carrier cell group wherein the carrier of the serving cell that is included in the authorized carrier cell group is an authorized carrier, and the carrier of the serving cell included in the unlicensed carrier cell group is an unlicensed carrier.
  • the processor 21 when the processor 21 divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups, the processor 21 is specifically configured to: divide the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to the TA. Wherein, the same serving cell of the TA belongs to the same cell group.
  • the processor 21 when the processor 21 divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups, the processor 21 is specifically configured to: divide the N serving cells into the K cells according to signal quality. group.
  • the processor 21 when the processor 21 divides the N serving cells into the K cell groups according to the signal quality, the processor 21 is specifically configured to: use the N serving cells according to a signal quality and a preset threshold. Dividing into a first cell group and a second cell group, wherein a signal quality of the serving cell included in the first cell group is greater than the preset threshold, and a signal quality of the serving cell included in the second cell group is not Greater than the preset threshold.
  • the processor 21 when dividing the N serving cells into K cell groups, is specifically configured to: according to the serving cell that uses the same serving cell transmission scheduling command, and is used to transmit the scheduling The commanded serving cell belongs to the same cell group, and the N serving cells are divided into the K cell groups.
  • the processor 21 is configured to: when the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, the serving cell that belongs to the same cell group according to the DRX configuration parameter belongs to the same cell group, and the N The serving cell is divided into the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameters include at least one of the following: a DRX duration, a DRX inactivity timer, a DRX retransmission timer, a long period DRX offset, a short DRX cycle, and a short DRX. cycle.
  • the processor 21, configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, may have an optional implementation as described below.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: send, by using the transceiver 22, a cell group modification message to the UE, where the cell
  • the group modification message includes the identifier of the cell group to be modified and the modified cell group included
  • the identifier of the cell, the cell group to be modified is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: send, by using the transceiver 22, a cell group release message to the UE, where the cell The group release message includes an identifier of the cell group to be released, and the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the processor 21 is in communication with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: send, by using the transceiver 22, a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell The group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group in the K cell groups.
  • the processor 21 performs communication with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: send, by using the transceiver 22, a cell group activation message to the UE, where the cell
  • the group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated and a cell to be activated in the cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group in the K cell group, the to-be-activated message
  • the active serving cell is at least one serving cell in the belonging cell group.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to send, by using the transceiver 22, a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where The cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: send, by using the transceiver 22, a cell group deactivation message to the UE, where
  • the cell group deactivation message is used to indicate the cell group to be deactivated and the cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell in the K cell group.
  • the group, the to-be-deactivated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the belonging cell group.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to receive, by using the transceiver 22, the UE by using an uplink channel for carrying a PUCCH.
  • the CQI or the feedback information of the at least one downlink channel that is sent, the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH and the serving cell corresponding to the at least one downlink channel belong to the same cell group, and the feedback information includes ACK information or NACK information.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: pass the serving cell in the authorized cell group, and the UE root Communicating according to the working mode of the DRX; or communicating with the UE according to the working mode of the unconfigured DRX through the serving cell in the unlicensed cell group.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to: pass the first cell group, according to each service in the first cell group.
  • the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of the cell is in communication with the UE, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameter includes at least one of the following: DRX Duration, DRX inactivity timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: send, by using the transceiver unit 22, downlink data to the UE by using the first serving cell.
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; and receiving, by the transceiver 22, non-acknowledgment NACK information sent by the UE, where the NACK information indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the Downlink data; the downlink data is sent to the UE through the transceiver 22 through the second serving cell.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, where: when the base station fails to receive the UE by using the first serving cell When the uplink data is sent, the NACK information is sent to the UE by the transceiver 22, where the NACK information is used to indicate that the base station does not successfully receive the uplink data sent by the base station by using the first serving cell, the first The serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; and the transceiver 22 receives the uplink data sent by the UE through the second serving cell.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to send, by using the first serving cell, the DCI to the UE by using the transceiver 22.
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells, where the DCI is used to indicate that the UE communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell, where the first serving cell and the Said second serving cell belongs to the same cell group; and according to said DCI, communicates with said UE through said second serving cell.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, and is specifically configured to: receive, by the transceiver 22, the M in the first cell group sent by the UE.
  • the communication link quality detection result of the serving cell wherein the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the M is smaller than the serving cell in the first cell group a positive integer of the number; and determining a communication link quality of the remaining serving cells in the first cell group according to the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the communication link quality detection includes but is not limited to one or a combination of the following:
  • the processor 21 is further configured to send the communication link to the UE by using the transceiver 22 before receiving, by the transceiver 22, the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells in the first cell group sent by the UE.
  • the communication link quality indication indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs the communication link quality detection on a communication link of the M serving cells in the first cell group.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to send, by using the transceiver 22, M random access channels to the UE.
  • the M random access channels are random access channels between the UE and M serving cells in the first cell group, and the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups.
  • the M is a positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first cell group; and receiving, by the transceiver 22, the first random access according to the information of the first random access channel by the UE And a preamble transmitted on the channel, where the first random access channel is any one of the M random access channels; and the first serving cell sends the device to the UE by using the transceiver 22 The random access response corresponding to the first random access channel, where the first serving cell is any one of the first cell groups.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, where the uplink scheduling grant information is used to indicate that the UE sends uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell
  • the processor 21 is further configured to receive the uplink information sent by the UE by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the processor 21 is configured to communicate with the UE according to the K cell groups, specifically, to receive, by using the transceiver 22, a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement The report is used to indicate that the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the first measurement event is Any one of the measurement events described.
  • the base station in this embodiment may be used to perform the technical solution executed by the base station in the foregoing method embodiments of the present invention, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment may include: a receiving unit 31 and a processing unit 32.
  • the receiving unit 31 is configured to receive a cell grouping message sent by the base station.
  • the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, the N is an integer greater than 0, the K is an integer less than N, and the processing unit 32 is configured to use, according to the K cells.
  • the group communicates with the base station.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K cell groups, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the cell groups; the cell grouping message is used to indicate an identifier of the N serving cells.
  • the corresponding serving cell is divided into the cell groups corresponding to the identifiers of the K cell groups.
  • the processing unit 32 configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, may have an optional implementation as described below.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: receive a cell group modification message sent by the base station, where the cell group modification message includes The identifier of the cell group to be modified and the identifier of the serving cell included in the modified cell group, the cell group to be modified is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and according to the cell group modification message, Updating the cell group to be modified.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: receive a cell group release message sent by the base station, where the cell group release message includes An identifier of the cell group to be released, the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and releasing the serving cell in the cell group to be released according to the cell group release message .
  • the processing unit 32 when the processing unit 32 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processing unit 32 is specifically configured to: receive a cell group activation message sent by the base station, where the cell group activation message is used. And indicating the cell group to be activated, the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and activating the serving cell in the cell group to be activated according to the cell group activation message .
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: receive a cell group activation message sent by the base station, where the cell The group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated and a cell to be activated in the cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group in the K cell group, the to-be-activated message
  • the active serving cell is the at least one serving cell in the cell group to which the cell is activated; and the serving cell to be activated in the cell group to be activated is activated according to the cell group activation message.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: receive a cell group deactivation message sent by the base station, where the cell group is deactivated The message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and the cell group deactivation message is used to deactivate the to be deactivated The serving cell in the cell group.
  • the processing unit 32 when the processing unit 32 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processing unit 32 is specifically configured to: receive a cell group deactivation message sent by the base station, and deactivate the cell group.
  • the message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated and a cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group in the K cell group. Deleting the deactivated serving cell as the at least one serving cell in the cell group to be activated; and deactivating the to-be-deactivated serving cell in the cell group to be deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: send, by using the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH, at least one downlink channel to the base station.
  • the CQI or the feedback information, the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH and the serving cell corresponding to the at least one downlink channel belong to the same cell group, and the feedback information includes acknowledgement ACK information or NACK information.
  • the serving cell of the authorized carrier cell is a licensed carrier
  • the unlicensed carrier cell includes a service.
  • the carrier used by the cell is an unlicensed carrier
  • the processing unit 32 is configured to: when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, specifically: communicate with the base station according to a working mode of the DRX by using a serving cell in the authorized carrier cell group; and pass the unlicensed carrier
  • the serving cell in the cell group communicates with the base station according to an operating mode in which the DRX is not configured.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: pass the first cell group, according to each service in the first cell group
  • the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter of the serving cell is in communication with the base station, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameter includes at least one of the following: DRX duration, DRX inactivity timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: when the UE fails to receive the downlink sent by the base station by using the first serving cell And transmitting NACK information to the base station, where the NACK information indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data, where the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; The second serving cell receives the downlink data sent by the base station.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: send uplink data to the base station by using the first serving cell, where a serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; receiving NACK information sent by the base station, where the NACK information is used to indicate that the base station fails to receive the uplink data; and by using the second serving cell Sending the uplink data to the base station.
  • the processing unit 32 when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, is specifically configured to: receive, by using the first serving cell, a downlink control indication DCI sent by the base station And the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells, where the DCI is used to indicate that the UE communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell, where the first serving cell and the Said second serving cell belongs to the same cell group; and communicates with said base station through said second serving cell according to said DCI.
  • the processing unit 32 when the processing unit 32 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processing unit 32 is specifically configured to: communicate with the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group.
  • Link quality detection obtaining a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells; the M is a positive integer smaller than the number of serving cells in the first cell group, and the first cell group is the a cell group of any one of the K cell groups; and transmitting, by the base station, a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the communication link quality detection includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • the receiving unit 31 is further configured to: before the processing unit 32 performs communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, receive the base station to send Communication link quality detection indication information, the communication link quality detection indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs the communication link quality on a communication link of the M serving cells in the first cell group Detection
  • the processing unit 32 performs the communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtains the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells, specifically, according to the communication link.
  • the quality detection indication information is used to perform the communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtain the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the processing unit 32 is configured to: receive information about M random access channels sent by the base station when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups;
  • the M random access channels are random access channels between the UE and the M serving cells in the first cell group, and the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups.
  • M is a positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first cell group; and transmitting a preamble to the base station on the first random access channel according to information of the first random access channel,
  • the first random access channel is any one of the M random access channels; and the first serving cell receives the random access response corresponding to the first random access channel sent by the base station
  • the first serving cell is any one of the first cell groups.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, where the uplink scheduling grant information is used to indicate that the UE sends uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell Belong to the same cell group;
  • the processing unit 32 is further configured to send uplink information to the base station by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the processing unit 32 is configured to: acquire the primary serving cell and the UE in the K cell groups when communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups.
  • Signal quality of the neighboring cell the primary serving cell is a serving cell that transmits control signaling in the cell group; the signal quality of the primary serving cell according to the first cell group, and the signal of the neighboring cell of the UE Determining the quality and the met condition of each measurement event, determining that the UE triggers a first measurement event in the first cell group, the triggering the first measurement event occurrence comprises triggering to enter the first measurement event or triggering to leave the location Determining, by the first measurement event, the first measurement event is any one of the measurement events; and when the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group to trigger to enter the first And a measurement report is sent to the base station, where the measurement report is used to indicate that the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group.
  • the UE in this embodiment may be used to perform the technical solution executed by the UE in the foregoing method embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment may include: a processor 41 and a transceiver 42.
  • the processor 41 is configured to receive, by the transceiver 42, a base station to send.
  • a cell grouping message the cell grouping message is used to indicate that the N serving cells are divided into K cell groups, the N is an integer greater than 0, the K is an integer less than N; and according to the K cell groups Communicating with the base station.
  • the cell grouping message includes an identifier of the K cell groups, and an identifier of a serving cell included in each of the cell groups; the cell grouping message is used to indicate an identifier of the N serving cells.
  • the corresponding serving cell is divided into the cell groups corresponding to the identifiers of the K cell groups.
  • the processor 41 configured to communicate with the base station according to the K cell groups, may have an optional implementation as described below.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: receive, by using the transceiver 42, a cell group modification message sent by the base station, where the cell The group modification message includes an identifier of the cell group to be modified and an identifier of the serving cell included in the modified cell group, where the to-be-modified cell group is at least one of the K cell groups; and according to the cell The group modifies the message and updates the cell group to be modified.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: receive, by using the transceiver 42, a cell group release message sent by the base station, where the cell The group release message includes an identifier of the cell group to be released, the cell group to be released is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and the cell group to be released is released according to the cell group release message The service cell in the middle.
  • the processor 41 is based on the K cell groups and the base station.
  • the method is specifically configured to: receive, by the transceiver 42, a cell group activation message sent by the base station, where the cell group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated, where the to-be-activated cell group is the K At least one cell group in the cell group; and activating the serving cell in the cell group to be activated according to the cell group activation message.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: receive, by using the transceiver 42, a cell group activation message sent by the base station, where the cell The group activation message is used to indicate a cell group to be activated and a cell to be activated in the cell group to be activated, and the cell group to be activated is at least one cell group in the K cell group, the to-be-activated message
  • the active serving cell is the at least one serving cell in the cell group to which the cell is activated; and the serving cell to be activated in the cell group to be activated is activated according to the cell group activation message.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: receive, by using the transceiver 42, a cell group deactivation message sent by the base station, where The cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated, the cell group to be deactivated is at least one cell group of the K cell groups; and the cell activation message is deactivated according to the cell group
  • the serving cell in the deactivated cell group is referred to.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: receive, by using the transceiver 42, a cell group deactivation message sent by the base station, where The cell group deactivation message is used to indicate a cell group to be deactivated and a cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be deactivated, and the cell group to be deactivated is at least one of the K cell groups.
  • the to-be-deactivated serving cell is at least one serving cell in the cell group to which the cell is to be deactivated; and the cell to be deactivated in the cell group to be deactivated is deactivated according to the cell group deactivation message.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: send, by using the transceiver 42 to the base station, an uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH.
  • the CQI or the feedback information of the at least one downlink channel, the serving cell corresponding to the uplink channel for carrying the PUCCH and the serving cell corresponding to the at least one downlink channel belong to the same cell group, and the feedback information includes ACK information or NACK information. .
  • the serving cell of the authorized carrier cell is a licensed carrier
  • the unlicensed carrier cell includes a service.
  • the carrier used by the cell is an unlicensed carrier
  • the processor 41 When communicating with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: communicate with the base station according to a working mode of the DRX by using a serving cell in the authorized carrier cell group; and pass the unlicensed carrier The serving cell in the cell group communicates with the base station according to an operating mode in which the DRX is not configured.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: according to the first cell group, according to each serving cell in the first cell group
  • the DRX configuration corresponding to the same DRX configuration parameter is in communication with the base station, where the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups, and the DRX configuration parameter includes at least one of the following: DRX persistence Time, DRX inactivity timer, DRX retransmission timer, long period DRX offset, short DRX cycle, DRX short cycle.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: when the UE fails to receive the downlink sent by the base station by using the first serving cell Data, the transceiver 42 sends NACK information to the base station, where the NACK information indicates that the UE does not successfully receive the downlink data, and the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells. And receiving, by the second serving cell, the downlink data sent by the base station by using the transceiver 42.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: send, by using the transceiver 42, the uplink to the base station by using the first serving cell.
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells; receiving NACK information sent by the base station, where the NACK information is used to indicate that the base station does not successfully receive the uplink data;
  • the uplink data is transmitted to the base station by the transceiver 42 through the second serving cell.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: receive, by using the first serving cell, the transceiver to send the base station
  • the first serving cell is any one of the N serving cells
  • the DCI is used to indicate that the UE communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell, the first serving cell And the second serving cell belongs to the same cell group; and according to the DCI, communicates with the base station by using the second serving cell.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: perform communication links of M serving cells in the first cell group. a communication link quality detection, obtaining a communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells; the M is a positive integer smaller than the number of serving cells in the first cell group, and the first cell group is a Determining any one of the K cell groups; and transmitting, by the transceiver 42, the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells to the base station.
  • the communication link quality detection includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • the processor 41 is further configured to receive the base station by the transceiver 42 before performing communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group.
  • a communication link quality detection indication information where the communication link quality detection indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs the communication link on a communication link of the M serving cells in the first cell group Quality Inspection;
  • the processor 41 performs the communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtains the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells, specifically, according to the communication link.
  • the quality detection indication information is used to perform the communication link quality detection on the communication links of the M serving cells in the first cell group, and obtain the communication link quality detection result of the M serving cells.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: receive, by the transceiver 42, the M random access channels sent by the base station.
  • the M random access channels are random access channels between the UE and M serving cells in the first cell group, and the first cell group is any one of the K cell groups.
  • the M is a positive integer not greater than the number of serving cells in the first cell group; and the information on the first random access channel is on the first random access channel, through the transceiver 42 Transmitting a preamble to the base station, where the first random access channel is any one of the M random access channels; and receiving, by the transceiver 42, the base station by using the first serving cell a random access response corresponding to the first random access channel, where the first serving cell is any one of the first cell groups.
  • the random access response includes uplink scheduling grant information, and the uplink scheduling authorization The information is used to indicate that the UE sends uplink information in the second serving cell, where the second serving cell and the first serving cell belong to the same cell group;
  • the processor 41 is further configured to send uplink information to the base station by using the second serving cell according to the uplink scheduling grant information.
  • the processor 41 when the processor 41 communicates with the base station according to the K cell groups, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: acquire the primary serving cell and the UE in the K cell groups. Signal quality of the neighboring cell, the primary serving cell is a serving cell for transmitting control signaling in the cell group; the signal quality of the primary serving cell according to the first cell group, and the signal quality and each measurement of the neighboring cell of the UE And determining that the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group, where the triggering the first measurement event occurs by triggering to enter the first measurement event or triggering to leave the first measurement An event, the first measurement event is any one of the measurement events; and when the UE triggers the first measurement event in the first cell group to trigger to enter the first measurement event And transmitting, by the transceiver 42 to the base station, a measurement report, where the measurement report is used to indicate that the UE triggers to enter the first measurement event in the first cell group.
  • the UE in this embodiment may be used to perform the technical solution executed by the UE in the foregoing method embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: read-only memory (English: Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, RAM), disk or A variety of media such as optical discs that can store program code.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例提供一种多载波聚合通信方法和设备，此方法包括：基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于0的整数，所述K为小于N的整数；所述基站向所述UE发送小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组；所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，从而可以减少信令开销。

Description

多载波聚合通信方法和设备 技术领域
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种多载波聚合通信方法和设备。
背景技术
为了满足长期演进技术的演进(英文：Long Term Evolution-Advanced，简称LTE-A)的下行(英文：downlink，简称：DL)峰速1Gbps、上行(英文：uplink，简称：UL)峰速500Mbps的要求，需要提供最大100MHz的传输带宽，但由于这么大传输带宽的连续频谱的稀缺，LTE-A提出了载波聚合的解决方案。载波聚合(英文：carrier aggregation，简称：CA)是将2个或更多的载波单元(英文：component carrier，简称：CC)聚合在一起以支持更大的传输带宽(最大为100MHz)，CA支持的载波个数为5个载波。在当前的载波聚合中，可以将载波个数扩展到32个载波，以形成大量(英文：massive)CA，从而可以支持更大的载波个数。
现有的CA中，基站是以一个载波为单位对每个载波进行控制。若massive CA继续采用CA的这种方式，基站将对多达32个载波分别进行控制，从而增加了信令开销。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种多载波聚合通信方法和设备，用于减少信令开销。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供一种多载波聚合通信方法，包括：
基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于1的正整数，所述K为小于N的正整数；
所述基站向用户设备(英文：User Equipment，简称：UE)发送小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组；
所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信。
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
所述基站根据物理上行控制信道(英文：Physical Uplink Control CHannel，简称：PUCCH)的数量K，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述K个小区组与所述K个PUCCH对应，每个所述小区组包括用于承载所述PUCCH的服务小区。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
所述基站根据所述服务小区应用的载波类型，将所述服务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，其中，所述授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
所述基站根据定时提前量(英文：Timing Advanced，简称：TA)，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，其中，TA相同的服务小区属于同一小区组。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
所述基站根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，包括：
所述基站根据信号质量和预设门限值，将所述N个服务小区划分为第一小区组和第二小区组，其中，所述第一小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量大于所述预设门限值，所述第二小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量不大于所述 预设门限值。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
所述基站根据采用同一服务小区传输调度命令的服务小区以及用于传输所述调度命令的服务小区属于同一个小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
所述基站根据不连续接收(英文：Discontinuous Reception，简称：DRX)配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小 区组。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道，接收所述UE发送的至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示信道质量指示(英文：Channel quality indicator，简称：CQI)或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认(英文：Acknowledgement，简称：ACK)信息或者非确认(英文：Not Acknowledgement，简称：NACK)信息。
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十六种可能的 实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站通过所述授权小区组中的服务小区，与所述UE根据DRX的工作模式进行通信；或者，
所述基站通过所述免授权小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述UE进行通信。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述UE进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
所述基站接收所述UE发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据；
所述基站通过第二服务小区向所述UE发送所述下行数据。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
当所述基站未成功接收到所述UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据时，所述基站向所述UE发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述基站通过所述第一服务小区发送的上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
所述基站接收所述UE通过第二服务小区发送的所述上行数据。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区 组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行控制指示(英文：Downlink Control Information，简称：DCI)，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；
所述基站根据所述DCI，与所述UE通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，其中，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为小于所述第一小区组中服务小区的数量的正整数；
所述基站根据所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，确定所述第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量。
结合第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述通信链路质量检测包括以下之一或者组合：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
结合第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，所述基站接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果之前，还包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小 区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站向所述UE发送M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；
所述基站接收所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上发送的前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；
所述基站通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
结合第一方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式中，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
所述方法还包括：
所述基站根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区接收所述UE发送的上行信息。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第二十六种可能的实现方式中，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
所述基站接收所述UE发送的测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在第一小区组中触发进入第一测量事件，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组的任意一个小区组，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供一种多载波聚合通信方法，包括：
用户设备UE接收基站发送的小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于0的整数，所述K为小于N的整数；
所述UE根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信。
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的服务小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
所述UE根据所述小区组修改消息，更新所述待修改的小区组。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
所述UE根据所述小区组释放消息，释放所述待释放的小区组中的服务小区。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
所述UE根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的服务小区。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；
所述UE根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的待激活的服务小区。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
所述UE根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的服务小区。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；
所述UE根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道向所述基站发送至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括ACK信息或者NACK信息。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，当所述N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组时，所述授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE通过授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信；或者，
所述UE通过所述免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述基站进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
当所述UE未成功接收所述基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时，所述UE向所述基站发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
所述UE通过第二服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述下行数据。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE通过所述第一服务小区向所述基站发送上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
所述UE接收所述基站发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述上行数据；
所述UE通过第二服务小区向所述基站发送所述上行数据。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE通过所述第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE 通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；
所述UE根据所述DCI，与所述基站通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果；所述M为小于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组；
所述UE向所述基站发送所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述通信链路质量检测包括以下至少一种：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测之前，还包括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测；
所述UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，包括：
所述UE根据所述通信链路质量检测指示信息，对所述第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包 括：
所述UE接收所述基站发送的M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；
所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上向所述基站发送前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；
所述UE通过第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
结合第二方面的第十七种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
所述方法还包括：
所述UE根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区向所述基站发送上行信息。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
所述UE获取所述K个小区组中的主服务小区和所述UE的邻区的信号质量，所述主服务小区为所属小区组中传输控制信令的服务小区；
所述UE根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及所述UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，所述触发第一测量事件发生包括触发进入所述第一测量事件或者触发离开所述第一测量事件，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件；
当所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生为触发进入所述第一测量事件时，所述UE向所述基站发送测量报告，所述测量报告用于指 示所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供一种基站，包括：
处理单元，用于将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于1的正整数，所述K为小于N的正整数；
发送单元，用于向用户设备UE发送小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组；
所述处理单元，还用于根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信。
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据PUCCH的数量K，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述K个小区组与所述K个PUCCH对应，每个所述小区组包括用于承载所述PUCCH的服务小区。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据所述服务小区应用的载波类型，将所述服务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，其中，所述授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据TA，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，其中，TA相同的服务小区属于同一小区组。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第六种可能的实 现方式中，所述处理单元在根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量和预设门限值，将所述N个服务小区划分为第一小区组和第二小区组，其中，所述第一小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量大于所述预设门限值，所述第二小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量不大于所述预设门限值。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据采用同一服务小区传输调度命令的服务小区以及用于传输所述调度命令的服务小区属于同一个小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据DRX配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述 K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道，接收所述UE发送的至少一个下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者NACK信息。
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过所述授权小区组中的服务小区，与所述UE根据DRX的工作模式进行通信；或者，通过所述免授权小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述UE进行通信。
结合第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十七种可能的 实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述UE进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及接收所述UE发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据；通过第二服务小区向所述UE发送所述下行数据。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：当所述基站未成功接收到所述UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据时，向所述UE发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述基站通过所述第一服务小区发送的上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及接收所述UE通过第二服务小区发送的所述上行数据。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述UE通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，其中，所述第一小区组为所述K 个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为小于所述第一小区组中服务小区的数量的正整数；以及根据所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，确定所述第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量。
结合第三方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述通信链路质量检测包括以下之一或者组合：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
结合第三方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元在所述处理单元接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果之前，还用于向所述UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及接收所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上发送的前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
结合第三方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式中，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
所述处理单元还用于根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区接收所述UE发送的上行信息。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第二十六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：接收所述UE发送的测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在第一小区组中触发进入第一测量事件，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组的任意一个小区组，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供一种UE，包括：
接收单元，用于接收基站发送的小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于0的整数，所述K为小于N的整数；
处理单元，用于根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信。
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的服务小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组修改消息，更新所述待修改的小区组。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组释放消息，释放所述待释放的小区组中的服务小区。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的服务小区。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的待激活的服务小区。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的服务小区。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道向所述基站发送至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小 区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者非确认NACK信息。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，当所述N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组时，所述授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波；
所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信；或者，通过所述免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述基站进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：当所述UE未成功接收所述基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时，向所述基站发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及通过第二服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述下行数据。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区向所述基站发送上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；接收所述基站发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述上行数据；以及通过第二服务小区向所述基站发送所述上行数据。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通 信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述基站通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果；所述M为小于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组；以及向所述基站发送所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述通信链路质量检测包括以下至少一种：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元还用于在所述处理单元对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测之前，接收所述基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测；
所述处理单元在对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果时，具体用于：根据所述通信链路质量检测指示信息，对所述第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十 七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上向所述基站发送前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
结合第四方面的第十七种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
所述处理单元还用于，根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区向所述基站发送上行信息。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：获取所述K个小区组中的主服务小区和所述UE的邻区的信号质量，所述主服务小区为所属小区组中传输控制信令的服务小区；根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及所述UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，所述触发第一测量事件发生包括触发进入所述第一测量事件或者触发离开所述第一测量事件，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件；以及当所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生为触发进入所述第一测量事件时，向所述基站发送测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法和设备，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，再向该UE发送小区分组消息，该小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，然后根据该K个小区组与UE进行通信，从而可以减少信令开销。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例一的流程图；
图2为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例二的流程图；
图3为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例三的流程图；
图4为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例四的流程图；
图5为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例五的流程图；
图6为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例六的流程图；
图7为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例七的流程图；
图8为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例八的流程图；
图9为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例九的流程图；
图10为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十的流程图；
图11为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十一的流程图；
图12为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十二的流程图；
图13为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十三的流程图；
图14为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十四的流程图；
图15为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十五的流程图；
图16为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十六的流程图；
图17为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十七的流程图；
图18为本发明基站实施例一的结构示意图；
图19为本发明基站实施例二的结构示意图；
图20为本发明UE实施例一的结构示意图；
图21为本发明UE实施例二的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述， 显然，所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
图1为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例一的流程图，如图1所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S101、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，N为大于1的正整数，K为小于N的正整数。
本实施例中，一个服务小区对应一个或多个载波。
S102、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息，该小区分组消息用于指示该N个服务小区划分为该K个小区组。
本实施例中，该基站在将该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组后，该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息，该小区分组消息用于指示该N个服务小区划分为该K个小区组。可选的，该小区分组消息包括K个小区组的标识，以及每个小区组包括的服务小区的标识；该小区分组消息用于指示该N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。该UE接收到基站发送的小区分组消息，可以确定服务小区所划分为的K个小区组。其中，该小区分组消息可以是无线链路控制(英文：Radio Resource Control，简称：RRC)信令或者介质访问控制层(英文：Media Access Control，简称：MAC)控制元素(英文：Control Element，简称：CE)。
可选地，该小区分组消息包括K个小区组的标识，以及每个小区组包括的服务小区的标识存在两种可选的实现方式。
在第一种可选的实现方式中，该小区分组消息包括该K个小区组的标识，并且在每个小区组的标识之后还包括属于该小区组的服务小区的标识，该小区组的标识可以为小区组的索引号(例如1、2、3、4等)，每个小区的标识的下一级还可以包括属于该小区组的服务小区在该小区组内的索引号(例如1、2、3等)。
在第二种可选的实现方式中，该小区分组消息包括该N个服务小区的标识，在每个服务小区的标识之后还包括该服务小区所属的小区组的标识，该小区组的标识可以为小区组的索引号(例如1、2、3、4等)，每个服务小区的标识之后还可以包括该服务小区在所属的小区组内的索引号(例如1、2、 3等)。
S103、该基站根据该K个小区组与UE进行通信。
在具体的实施过程中，可选的，该基站与该UE可以以小区组为单位对服务小区进行管理，即该基站向该UE发送一个用于管理的信令可以实现对一个小区组内的各个服务小区进行管理，因此在该基站需要对UE的所有服务小区进行管理时，与现有技术相比，该基站向该UE发送用于管理的信令会减少，减少了信令开销。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，再向该UE发送小区分组消息，该小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，然后根据该K个小区组与UE进行通信，从而可以减少信令开销。
可选地，该基站将该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组可以有如下可选的的实现方式。
在第一种可选的实现方式中，该基站根据物理上行控制信道(英文：Physical Uplink Control CHannel，简称：PUCCH)的数量K，将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，其中，K个PUCCH对应地承载在K个服务小区上，因此可以将这K个服务小区划分在不同的K个小区组中，从而该K个小区组与该K个PUCCH对应，每个小区组包括一个用于承载PUCCH的载波所对应的服务小区，需要说明的是，剩下的(N-K)个服务小区可以根据一定的规则被划分至K个载波组中，本发明对具体的规则不作进一步的限定。可选地，该基站可以将PUCCH上传输的CQI所对应的服务小区与用于承载该PUCCH的服务小区划分至同一小区组，以将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组；或者，该基站可以将PUCCH传输的反馈信息所对应的服务小区与用于承载该PUCCH的服务小区划分至同一小区组，以将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，该反馈信息包括确认(英文：Acknowledgement，简称：ACK)信息或者非确认(英文：Not Acknowledgement，简称：NACK)信息；或者，该基站可以将PUCCH传输的调度请求(英文：Scheduling request，简称：SR)所对应的服务小区与用于承载该PUCCH的服务小区划分至同一小区组，以将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
在第二种可选的实施方式中，基站根据服务小区应用的载波类型，将服 务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，其中，授权载波小区组中包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，免授权载波小区组中包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。一个服务小区可以对应一个或多个载波，载波可以分为授权载波和免授权载波，当该服务小区对应的载波为授权载波，可以将该服务小区称为授权载波小区，当该服务小区对应的载波为免授权载波，可以将该服务小区称为免授权载波小区；从而将N个服务小区中的授权载波小区划分至同一个小区组，该小区组称为授权载波小区组，将N个下行载波中的免授权载波小区划分至同一个载波小区组，该小区组称为免授权载波小区组。
在第三种可选的实施方式中，该基站根据定时提前量(英文：Timing Advanced，简称：TA)将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，其中，TA相同或相近的服务小区被划分为同一小区组。
在第四种可选的实施方式中，该基站根据信号质量将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，即该基站可以根据N个服务小区的信号质量将服务小区划分为K个信号质量等级的小区组。可选地，该基站可以根据信号质量和预设门限值将N个服务小区划分为第一小区组和第二小区组，该第一小区组中的服务小区的信号质量大于该预设门限值，该第二小区组中的服务小区的信号质量不大于该预设门限值；具体地，基站可以接收UE发送的测量报告，该测量报告中包括可以UE测量的N个服务小区的信号质量，基站再判断各个服务小区的信号质量是否大于预设门限值，当服务小区的信号质量大于预设门限值时，将该服务小区划分至一个小区组中，该小区组称为第一小区组，当服务小区的信号质量不大于预设门限值时，将该服务小区划分至另一小区组中，该另一小区组称为第二小区组。需要说明的是，该信号质量可以由信噪比或者参考信号接收功率(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称：RSRP)等来表示。
在第五种可选的实现方式中，该基站可以根据采用同一服务小区传输调度命令的服务小区以及用于传输所述调度命令的服务小区属于同一个小区组，将该N个服务小区划分为该K个小区组。例如：服务小区1可以传输服务小区2、服务小区3、服务小区4的调度命令，服务小区5也可以传输服务小区2、服务小区3、服务小区4的调度命令，该基站可以将服务小区1、服 务小区2、服务小区3、服务小区4、服务小区5划分至同一小区组中。
在第六种可选的实现方式中，将不连接接收(英文：Discontinuous Reception，简称：DRX)配置参数相同的服务小区划为同一小区组，该DRX配置参数包括但不限于以下一种：DRX持续时间(英文：onDurationTimer)、DRX非活动定时器(英文：drx-InactivityTimer)、DRX重传定时器(英文：drx-RetransmissionTimer)、长周期DRX偏置(英文：longDRX-CycleStartOffset)、短DRX周期(英文：shortDRX-Cycle)、DRX短周期(英文：drxShortCycleTimer)。例如：基站可以以DRX持续时间为划分标准，将DRX持续时间相同的服务小区划为至同一小区组；或者，基站可以以DRX持续时间和DRX非活动定时器为划分标准，将DRX持续时间和DRX非活动定时器相同的服务小区划为至同一小区组。
图2为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例二的流程图，如图2所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S201、UE接收基站发送的小区分组消息，该小区分组消息用于指示N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，N为大于1的正整数，K为小于N的正整数。
本实施例中，该UE可以接收基站发送的小区分组消息，该小区分组消息用于指示该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。可选地，该小区分组消息包括K个小区组的标识，以及每个小区组包括的服务小区的标识；该小区分组消息用于指示该N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组；其中，一个服务小区对应一个或多个载波。其中，该小区分组消息可以是RRC信令或者MAC CE。
可选地，该小区分组消息包括K个小区组的标识，以及每个小区组包括的服务小区的标识存在两种可选的实现方式。
在第一种可选的实现方式中，该小区分组消息包括该K个小区组的标识，并且在每个小区组的标识之后还包括属于该小区组的服务小区的标识，该小区组的标识可以为小区组的索引号(例如1、2、3、4等)，每个小区的标识的下一级还可以包括属于该小区组的服务小区在该小区组内的索引号(例如1、2、3等)。
在第二种可选的实现方式中，该小区分组消息包括该N个服务小区的标识，在每个服务小区的标识之后还包括该服务小区所属的小区组的标识，该 小区组的标识可以为小区组的索引号(例如1、2、3、4等)，每个服务小区的标识之后还可以包括该服务小区在所属的小区组内的索引号(例如1、2、3等)。
S202、该UE根据该K个小区组与该基站进行通信。
本实施例中，该UE接收到基站发送的小区分组消息后，可以该小区分组消息中获取服务小区分成的K个小区组。在具体的实施过程中，可选的，该UE与该基站可以以小区组为单位对服务小区进行管理，即该基站向该UE发送一个用于管理的信令可以实现对一个小区组内的各个服务小区进行管理，在该基站需要对UE的所有服务小区进行管理时，与现有技术相比，该基站向该UE发送用于管理的信令会减少，减少了信令开销。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过UE接收基站发送的小区分组消息，该小区分组消息用于指示该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，然后根据该K个小区组与该基站进行通信，从而可以信令开销。
可选地，若基站将N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组，该基站可以不向UE发送小区分组消息，该UE也可以获得该N个服务小区的分组方式，即UE可以根据服务小区应用的载波类型，将服务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，然后该基站与该UE可以根据授权小区组和免授权小区组进行通信。
图3为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例三的流程图，如图3所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S301、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S302、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S301和S302的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S303、基站向该UE发送小区组修改消息。
本实施例中，基站与UE根据K个小区组进行通信的一种可选的实施方式可以为基站对小区组内的服务小区进行修改。
当小区组内包括的服务小区发生变更时，该基站可以确定该小区组变更后包括的服务小区，然后该基站向该UE发送小区组修改消息，该小区组修改消息包括：包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的小区的 标识，该待修改的小区组为该K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
S304、该UE根据该小区组修改消息，更新该待修改的小区组。
本实施例中，该UE接收到基站发送的小区组修改消息之后，根据该小区组修改消息更新该修改后的小区组。例如：在执行S303之前，小区组1包括服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，小区组2包括服务小区D、服务小区E、服务小区F，则在执行S304时，该UE可以更新小区组1包括服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区D，更新小区组2包括服务小区C、服务小区E、服务小区F。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后向该UE发送小区组修改消息，该UE根据该小区组修改消息，更新该待修改的小区组，从而可以将小区组内信号质量较差或者负载较重的服务小区更改为其它更优的服务小区。
图4为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例四的流程图，如图4所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S401、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S402、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S401和S402的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S403、基站向该UE发送小区组释放消息。
本实施例中，基站与UE根据K个小区组进行通信的一种可选的实施方式可以为基站对小区组内的服务小区进行释放。
该基站可以向该UE发送小区组释放消息，该小区组释放消息包括：包括待释放的小区组的标识，该待释放的小区组为该K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
S404、该UE根据该小区组释放消息，释放该待释放的小区组中的服务小区。
本实施例中，该UE接收到基站发送的小区组释放消息之后，根据该小区组释放消息释放该小区组中的服务小区。以释放小区组1为例，小区组1包括服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，本实施例基站向UE发送包括小 区组1的标识的小区组释放消息就可以实现释放服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C；而现有技术中，要实现释放服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，该基站需要向UE发送服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C的标识的小区释放消息，因此，在实现相同功能的提前下，本实施例向UE发送的消息中包括的信息量更少，从而可以减少信令开销。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后向该UE发送包括待释放小区组的标识的小区组释放消息，该UE根据该小区组释放消息，释放该待释放的小区组中的服务小区，从而减少了信令开销。
图5为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例五的流程图，如图5所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S501、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S502、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S501和S502的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S503、基站向该UE发送小区组激活消息。
本实施例中，基站与UE根据K个小区组进行通信的一种可选的实施方式可以为基站对小区组内的服务小区进行激活。
该基站可以向该UE发送小区组激活消息，该小区组释放消息用于指示待激活的小区组，该待激活的小区组为该K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
S504、该UE根据该小区组激活消息，激活该待激活的小区组中的服务小区。
本实施例中，该UE接收到基站发送的小区组激活消息之后，根据该小区组激活消息激活该小区组中的服务小区。以激活小区组1为例，小区组1包括服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，本实施例基站向UE发送用于指示小区组1的小区组激活消息就可以实现激活服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C；而现有技术中，要实现激活服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，该基站需要向UE发送用于指示服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C的小区激活消息，因此，在实现相同功能的提前下，本实施例向UE发送的消息中包括的信息量更少，从而可以减少信令开销。
可选地，该小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组的方式可以映射的方式来指示。以基站将服务小区划分7个小区组为例，这7个小区组的索引号分别为1、2、3、4、5、6、7。当基站要激活索引号为2和4的小区组时，该基站向UE发送的小区组激活消息可以包括如下所示的映射表。
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000001
映射表中左起第一位表示索引号为7的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第二位表示索引号为6的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第三位表示索引号为5的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第四位表示索引号为4的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第五位表示索引号为3的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第六位表示索引号为2的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第七位表示索引号为1的小区组是否激活，其中，0表示不激活，1表示激活。如上所示的映射表表示待激活的小区组为索引号为2的小区组和索引号为4的小区组
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后向该UE发送用于指示待激活小区组的小区组激活消息，该UE根据该小区组激活消息，激活该待激活的小区组中的服务小区，从而减少了信令开销。
图6为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例六的流程图，如图6所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S601、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S602、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S601和S602的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S603、基站向该UE发送小区组去激活消息。
本实施例中，基站与UE根据K个小区组进行通信的一种可选的实施方式可以为基站对小区组内的服务小区进行激活。
该基站可以向该UE发送小区组去激活消息，该小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，该待去激活的小区组为该K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
S604、该UE根据该小区组去激活消息，去激活该待去激活的小区组中的服务小区。
本实施例中，该UE接收到基站发送的小区组去激活消息之后，根据该小区组去激活消息去激活该小区组中的服务小区。以去激活小区组1为例，小区组1包括服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，本实施例基站向UE发送用于指示小区组1的小区组去激活消息就可以实现去激活服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C；而现有技术中，要实现去激活服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，该基站需要向UE发送用于指示服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C的小区去激活消息，因此，在实现相同功能的提前下，本实施例向UE发送的消息中包括的信息量更少，从而可以减少信令开销。
可选地，该小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组的方式可以映射的方式来指示。以基站将服务小区划分7个小区组为例，这7个小区组的索引号分别为1、2、3、4、5、6、7。当基站要去激活索引号为2和4的小区组时，该基站向UE发送的小区组去激活消息可以包括如下所示的映射表。
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000002
映射表中左起第一位表示索引号为7的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第二位表示索引号为6的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第三位表示索引号为5的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第四位表示索引号为4的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第五位表示索引号为3的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第六位表示索引号为2的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第七位表示索引号为1的小区组是否去激活，其中，0表示不去激活，1表示去激活。如上所示的映射表表示待去激活的小区组为索引号为2的小区组和索引号为4的小区组
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后向该UE发送用于指示待去激活小区组的小区组去激活消息，该UE根据该小区组去激活消息，去激活该待去激活的小区组中的服务小区，从而减少了信令开销。
图7为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例七的流程图，如图7所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S701、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S702、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S701和S702的具体实现过程可以参见本发明 方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S703、基站向该UE发送小区组激活消息。
本实施例中，基站与UE根据K个小区组进行通信的一种可选的实施方式可以为基站对小区组内的服务小区进行激活。
该基站可以向该UE发送小区组激活消息，该小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，由于该待激活的小区组内的所有服务小区不是全部要激活，所以该小区组激活消息还用于指示该待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，该待激活的小区组为该K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，该待激活服务小区为该待激活的小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
S704、该UE根据该小区组激活消息，激活该待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区。
本实施例中，该UE接收到基站发送的小区组激活消息之后，根据该小区组激活消息可以确定待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，然后激活该待激活小区组中的待激活服务小区。以激活小区组1为例，小区组1包括服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，本实施例基站向UE发送用于指示小区组1和小区组1中的服务小区A的小区组激活消息就可以实现激活服务小区A，从而实现在分小区组激活的基础上，可以激活小区组内的单个服务小区。
可选地，该小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组的方式可以映射的方式来指示。以基站将服务小区划分7个小区组，每个小区组包括7个服务小区为例，这7个小区组的索引号分别为1、2、3、4、5、6、7，每个小区组包括的服务小区在该小区组内的索引号分别为1、2、3、4、5、6、7。当基站要激活索引号为2小区组中的索引号为2和4的服务小区，以及，要激活索引号为4小区组中的索引号为2和4的服务小区时，该基站向UE发送的小区组激活消息可以包括三个映射表。
其中，第一个映射表如下所示：
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000003
映射表中左起第一位表示索引号为7的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第二位表示索引号为6的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第三位表示索引号为5的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第四位表示索引号为4的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第五位表示索引号为3的小区组是否激活，映射表中左 起第六位表示索引号为2的小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第七位表示索引号为1的小区组是否激活，其中，0表示不激活，1表示激活。
其中，第二个映射表如下所示：
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000004
第二个映射表为索引号排在第一位的待激活小区组内的服务小区的激活情况，其中，映射表中左起第一位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为7的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第二位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为6的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第三位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为5的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第四位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为4的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第五位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为3的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第六位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为2的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第七位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为1的服务小区是否激活，其中，0表示不激活，1表示激活。
其中，第三个映射表如下所示：
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000005
第三个映射表为索引号排在第二位的待激活小区组内的服务小区的激活情况，其中，映射表中左起第一位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为7的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第二位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为6的服务小区组是否激活，映射表中左起第三位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为5的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第四位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为4的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第五位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为3的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第六位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为2的服务小区是否激活，映射表中左起第七位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为1的服务小区是否激活，其中，0表示不激活，1表示激活。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后向该UE发送用于指示待激活的小区组和该待激活的小区中的待激活服务小区的小区组激活消 息，该UE根据该小区组激活消息，激活该待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，从而减少了信令开销。
图8为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例八的流程图，如图8所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S801、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S802、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S801和S802的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S803、基站向该UE发送小区组去激活消息。
本实施例中，基站与UE根据K个小区组进行通信的一种可选的实施方式可以为基站对小区组内的服务小区进行去激活。
该基站可以向该UE发送小区组去激活消息，该小区组去激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，由于该待激活的小区组内的所有服务小区不是全部要去激活，所以该小区组去激活消息还用于指示该待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，该待去激活的小区组为该K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，该待去激活服务小区为该待去激活的小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
S804、该UE根据该小区组去激活消息，去激活该待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区。
本实施例中，该UE接收到基站发送的小区组去激活消息之后，根据该小区组去激活消息可以确定待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，然后去激活该待去激活小区组中的待去激活服务小区。以去激活小区组1为例，小区组1包括服务小区A、服务小区B、服务小区C，本实施例基站向UE发送用于指示小区组1和小区组1中的服务小区A的小区组去激活消息就可以实现去激活服务小区A。
可选地，该小区组激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组的方式可以映射的方式来指示。以基站将服务小区划分7个小区组，每个小区组包括7个服务小区为例，这7个小区组的索引号分别为1、2、3、4、5、6、7，每个小区组包括的服务小区在该小区组内的索引号分别为1、2、3、4、5、6、7。当基站要去激活索引号为2小区组中的索引号为2和4的服务小区，以及，要去激活索引号为4小区组中的索引号为2和4的服务小区时，该基站向UE 发送的小区组去激活消息可以包括三个映射表。
其中，第一个映射表如下所示：
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000006
映射表中左起第一位表示索引号为7的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第二位表示索引号为6的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第三位表示索引号为5的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第四位表示索引号为4的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第五位表示索引号为3的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第六位表示索引号为2的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第七位表示索引号为1的小区组是否去激活，其中，0表示不去激活，1表示去激活。
其中，第二个映射表如下所示：
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000007
第二个映射表为索引号排在第一位的待激活小区组内的服务小区的去激活情况，其中，映射表中左起第一位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为7的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第二位表示在索引号为2的服务小区中的索引号为6的小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第三位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为5的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第四位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为4的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第五位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为3的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第六位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为2的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第七位表示在索引号为2的小区组中的索引号为1的服务小区是否去激活，其中，0表示不去激活，1表示去激活。
其中，第三个映射表如下所示：
Figure PCTCN2015071836-appb-000008
第三个映射表为索引号排在第二位的待去激活小区组内的服务小区的去激活情况，其中，映射表中左起第一位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为7的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第二位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为6的服务小区组是否去激活，映射表中左起第三位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为5的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起 第四位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为4的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第五位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为3的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第六位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为2的服务小区是否去激活，映射表中左起第七位表示在索引号为4的小区组中的索引号为1的服务小区是否去激活，其中，0表示不去激活，1表示去激活。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后向该UE发送用于指示待去激活的小区组和该待去激活的小区中的待去激活服务小区的小区组去激活消息，该UE根据该小区组去激活消息，去激活该待去激活的小区组中的服务小区，从而减少了信令开销。
图9为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例九的流程图，如图9所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S901、基站将N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组。
本实施例中，授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，免授权小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。S901的具体实现过程可以参见本发明上述方法实施例一中该基站将该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组的第二种可选的实现方式中的记载，此处不再赘述。
S902、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，该基站在将N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组后，该基站向UE发送小区分组消息。可选地，该小区分组消息可以包括：授权载波小区组的标识和免授权载波小区组的标识，以及授权载波小区组包括的服务小区的标识、免授权载波小区组包括的服务小区的标识。该UE接收到该基站发送的小区分组消息后可以获知该N个服务小区分别划分为了授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组。
S903、该基站通过该授权载波小区组中的服务小区，与UE根据DRX的工作模式进行通信；或者，通过该免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，与该UE根据未配置DRX的工作模式进行通信。
本实施例中，当需要进行DRX配置时，在授权载波小区组中的各个服务小区，该基站与UE可以根据DRX的工作模式与UE进行通信。在免授权载 波小区中的各个服务小区，该基站与该UE可以根据未配置DRX的工作模式进行通信。
本发明实施例提供的多聚波载合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组，并向该UE发送小区分组消息；然后，该基站通过该授权载波小区组中的服务小区，与UE根据DRX的工作模式与该UE进行通信；或者，通过该免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，与该UE根据未配置DRX的工作模式进行通信；从而实现UE在授权载波小区使用授权载波与基站进行通信时，UE采用DRX配置，可以节省UE的电量消耗；UE在免授权载波小区使用免授权载波时，UE采用非DRX配置，可以提供免授权载波的资源利用率。
图10为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十的流程图，如图10所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1001、该基站根据DRX配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1002、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，S1001和S1002的具体实现过程可以参见本发明上述方法实施例一中该基站将该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组的第六种可选的实现方式中的记载，此处不再赘述。
S1003、该基站与该UE通过第一小区组，根据该第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置进行通信。
本实施例中，该第一小区组为K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，该基站在该第一小区组中的任意一个小区，与该UE根据该第一小区组中各服务小区的相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置进行通信。例如：若该DRX配置参数包括DRX持续时间，并且在该第一小区组的第一小区上，第一小区为该第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区，基站向UE发送PDCCH命令，其中，该第一小区组内的各个服务小区的DRX持续时间相同；相应地，UE在第一小区接收到该PDCCH命令后，根据该第一小区属于第一小区组，在第一小区组的各个服务小区上打开定时器，并执行该DRX持续时间所对应的操作。
本实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站根据DRX配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，向该UE 发送小区分组消息，通过第一小区组，与该UE根据该第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置进行通信，从而实现UE灵活地采用DRX配置与基站进行通信，节省UE的电量消耗。
图11为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十一的流程图，如图11所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1101、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1102、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S1101和S1102的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S1103、该基站通过第一服务小区向该UE发送下行数据。
该第一服务小区为该N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区。
S1104、当UE未成功接收到该基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时，该UE向该基站发送非确认信息。
本实施例中，当该UE未成功接收到该基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据(例如：该UE未接收到该基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据；或者，该UE接收到该基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据但是无法解析出数据)时，该UE向该基站发送非确认(NACK)信息，该NACK信息用于指示该UE未成功接收到该下行数据。
S1105、该基站通过第二服务小区向该UE发送该下行数据。
本实施例中，可选的，该第二服务小区与该第一服务小区属于同一小区组。该基站接收到该UE发送的NACK信息后，该基站可以重传该下行数据；在具体的实施过程中，当基站需要重传该下行数据时，第一服务小区可能没有资源用以重传，也可能由于第一服务小区信道质量较差从而不再选择第一服务小区进行重传。基站重传该下行数据的方法包括以下两种可选的方法：
该基站确定该第一服务小区所属的小区组，然后从该小区组内选择第二服务小区来重传该下行数据，从而可以实现跨服务小区重传，即跨载波重传，一个服务小区对应一个或多个载波。可选地，该第二服务小区与第一服务小区可以属于不同的小区组。该基站可以根据各个服务小区的信号质量和负载来选择一个服务小区(即第二服务小区)来重传上述的下行数据，该第二服务小区与该第一服务小区不属于同一小区组。
可选地，基站在选择重传方式中，可以通过将重传数据组包成一个新的MAC分组数据单元(英文：packet data unit，简称：PDU)，即对于UE来讲这是一个新传数据包，此时混合自动重传请求(英文：hybrid automatic repeat request，简称：HARQ)标识(英文：identity，简称：ID)，HARQ实体均会更新；可选的，此时基站的HARQ重传次数累加一次。或者基站指示UE做跨载波接收相同HARQ实体的数据；同时，累加基站的HARQ重传次数一次。或者基站的MAC层通过基站的无线链路控制(英文：Radio Link Control，简称：RLC)做一次RLC重传；同时，累加基站的HARQ重传次数一次。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后该基站通过第一服务小区向该UE发送下行数据，当UE未成功接收到该基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时，该UE向该基站发送NACK信息，该基站通过第二服务小区向该UE发送该下行数据，从而可以实现跨载波重传下行数据，避免由于没有重传资源造成无法重传时，造成较高的丢包率，提升数据传输的鲁棒性。
图12为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十二的流程图，如图12所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1201、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1202、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S1201和S1202的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S1203、该UE通过第一服务小区向该基站发送上行数据。
该第一服务小区为该N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区。
S1204、当基站未成功接收到该UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据时，该基站向该UE发送非确认信息。
本实施例中，当该基站未成功接收到该UE通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据(例如：该基站未接收到该UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据；或者，该基站接收到该UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据但是无法解析出数据)时，该基站向该UE发送非确认(NACK)信息，该NACK信息用于指示该基站未成功接收到该上行数据。
S1205、该UE通过第二服务小区向该基站发送该上行数据。
本实施例中，可选地，该第二服务小区与该第一服务小区属于同一小区组。该UE接收到该基站发送的NACK信息后，该UE可以重传该上行数据；在具体的实施过程中，当UE需要重传该上行数据时，第一服务小区可能没有资源用以重传，也可能由于第一服务小区信道质量较差从而不再选择第一服务小区进行重传。UE重传该上行数据的方法包括以下两种可选的方法：
该UE确定该第一服务小区所属的小区组，然后从该小区组内选择第二服务小区来重传该上行数据，从而可以实现跨服务小区重传，即跨载波重传，一个服务小区对应一个或多个载波。可选地，该第二服务小区与第一服务小区可以属于不同的小区组。该UE可以根据各个服务小区的信号质量和负载来选择一个服务小区(即第二服务小区)来重传上述的上行数据，该第二服务小区与该第一服务小区不属于同一小区组。
可选地，UE在选择重传方式中，可以通过将重传数据组包成一个新的MAC PDU，即对于基站来讲这是一个新传数据包，此时HARQ ID和HARQ实体均会更新；可选的，此时UE的HARQ重传次数累加一次。或者UE指示基站做跨载波接收相同HARQ实体的数据；同时，累加UE的HARQ重传次数一次。或者UE的MAC层通过UE的RLC做一次RLC重传；同时，累加UE的HARQ重传次数一次。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，以及向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后该UE通过第一服务小区向该基站发送上行数据，当基站未成功接收到该UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据时，该基站向该UE发送NACK信息，该UE通过第二服务小区向该基站发送该上行数据，从而可以实现跨载波重传上行数据，避免由于没有重传资源造成无法重传时，造成较高的丢包率，提升数据传输的鲁棒性。
图13为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十三的流程图，如图13所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1301、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1302、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S1301和S1302的具体实现过程可以参见本发 明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S1303、该基站通过第一服务小区向该UE发送下行控制指示(英文：Downlink Control Information，简称：DCI)。
本实施例中，该第一服务小区为该N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，该DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与该基站之间进行通信，该第一服务小区与该第二服务小区属于同一小区组。具体地，当该基站向该UE发送该DCI时，该基站确定该第二服务小区所属的小区组，从该小区组中选择第一服务小区，通过第一服务小区向该UE发送该DCI。其中，该DCI如何指示第二服务小区可以通过映射表的方式或者偏置(offset)的方式。
S1304、该基站与该UE，根据该DCI通过该第二服务小区进行通信。
本实施例中，该UE接收到该基站发送的上述DCI后，该基站与该UE，根据该DCI通过第二服务小区进行通信(即执行该DCI所指示的操作)，例如：UE可以根据DCI向基站发送UL数据，基站根据DCI接收UE发送的UL数据；或者，基站根据DCI向UE发送DL数据，UE根据DCI接收基站发送的DL数据；或者，基站与UE根据DCI进行功率控制等。
本实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后通过第一服务小区向该UE发送DCI；与该UE，根据该DCI通过该第二服务小区进行通信，从而实现小区组内的一个服务小区上传输的DCI可以调度该小区组的另一服务小区对应的载波，从而平衡该组控制信道使用，解决部分小区控制信道负载过重的问题。
图14为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十四的流程图，如图14所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1401、该基站根据PUCCH的数量K，将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1402、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S1301和S1302的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S1403、该UE通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道向该基站发送至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示(英文：Channel quality indicator，简称：CQI)或 者反馈信息。
本实施例中，该用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与该至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组。由于一些小区可以只有下行载波没有上行载波，因此UE与基站之间通过这些小区只有下行信道而没有上行信道，进而一些小区组内会存在下行信道的个数大于或等于上行信道的个数，为了保证每个下行信道均具有上行反馈，因此每个小区组内各个服务小区所对应的下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息均可以通过该小区组内的用于承载PUCCH的上行信道来上报给基站。基于上述，在同一时间，UE可以通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道向该基站发送至少一个下行信道的CQI或反馈信息，其中，上述的反馈信息可以包括ACK信息或者NACK信息。
本实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过该基站根据该基站与该UE之间的PUCCH的个数为K，将该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，然后向该UE发送小区分组消息；该UE通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道向该基站发送至少一个下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息，从而可以保证每个下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息可以上报给基站。
图15为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十五的流程图，如图15所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1501、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1502、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S1501和S1502的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S1503、该UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
本实施例中，UE可以对K个小区组中的每个小区组中的至少一个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，此处以K个小区组中的一个小区组(称为第一小区组)为例进行说明，其它小区组类似。
本实施例中，UE可以对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，并且该M为小于该第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数。
可选的，通信链路质量检测包括但不限于以下至少一种：下行信道是否 失步、上行信道是否失步、上行信道的信号与干扰加噪声比(英文：signal to interference plus noise ratio，简称：SINR)是否低于预设门限值、上行信道的SINR是否连接H次低于预设门限值、RLF，H为大于或等于1的整数。
下面对S1503进行详细说明。
在第一种可选的实现方式中，若S1501中，该基站根据PUCCH的数量K，将该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，具体实现过程参见本发明上述方法实施例一中该基站将该N个服务小区划分为K个小区组的第一种可选的实现方式中的记载，此处不再赘述；则S1503中，UE对第一小区组中承载PUCCH的服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测。可选地，若用于承载PUCCH的服务小区与该N个服务小区中的主服务小区属于同一TA组，但第一小区组不包含N个服务小区中的该主服务小区，其中，该N个服务小区中的主服务小区是指，在主频率上工作，执行初始化的RRC建立过程或重建过程，或在切换过程中执行切换操作；或者，PUCCH与主服务小区属于系统信息块(英文：system information block，简称：SIB)2链接，其中所述SIB2链接表示所述PUCCH与所述N个服务小区中的主服务小区是通过SIB2进行配置配对的；或者，所述N个服务小区中的主服务小区是用于承载PUCCH的服务小区的下行路损参考小区，UE不对用于承载该PUCCH的服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，或者，UE不对用于承载该PUCCH的服务小区所属的小区组中各个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测。
在第二种可选的实现方式中，若S1501中，该基站根据TA将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，其中，TA相同或相近的服务小区被划分为同一小区组；则S1503中，UE可以对第一小区组中任意一个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测。
在第三种可选的实现方式中，UE可以根据基站的指示执行S1503；具体地，在UE执行S1503之前，该基站向该UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，该通信链路质量检测指示信息可以用于指示该UE对该第一小区组中的该M个服务小区的通信链路进行该通信链路质量检测，即该通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示UE对哪一个小区组中的哪些服务小区的通信链路进行哪些通信链路质量检测；可选的，该通信链路质量检测指示信息可以包含该UE具体对哪些参数进行检测，比如DL失步，或UL失步，或DL的SINR 等。然后UE接收到基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息后，根据该通信链路质量检测指示信息，对该第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测。
在第四种可选的实现方式中，可选地，UE可以根据基站的指示执行S1503；具体地，在UE执行S1503之前，该基站向该UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，该通信链路质量检测指示信息可以用于指示该UE对该第一小区组中的该M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，即该通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示UE对哪一个小区组中的哪些服务小区的通信链路进行哪些通信链路质量检测。然后UE接收到基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息后，根据该通信链路质量检测指示信息，对该第一小区组中的该M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，而对该第一小区组中的其它服务小区的通信链路不进行通信链路质量检测。
可选地，UE获取该M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果之后，可以根据该M个通信链路质量检测结果获得该第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路的链路质量检测的结果；或者，UE可以根据现有技术获得该第一小区组中其它服务小区的通信链路的链路质量，进而可以获得整个第一小区组中各服务小区的通信链路的链路质量。
可选地，UE在获得上述通信链路质量检测结果之后可以执行S1504，也可以不向基站发送通信链路质量检测结果。
S1504、该UE向该基站发送该M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
S1505、该基站根据该M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，确定所述第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量。
本实施例中，该UE获得第一小区组中的该M个通信链路的链路质量检测的结果之后，将这些结果上报给基站。可选地，该基站根据该M个通信链路质量检测结果，确定该第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量，进而可以获得整个第一小区组中各服务小区的通信链路的链路质量。
可选地，若该M个通信链路质量检测结果表示一些通信链路的质量较差，则基站可以指示UE在这些质量较差的通信链路上停止进行数据传输；例如：基站可以通过小区组释放消息来指示UE释放这些通信链路质量较差的服务小区，具体可以参见本发明方法实施例四中的相关记载，从而使得UE停止 在这些服务小区上与该基站进行数据传输；或者，基站可以通过小区组去激活消息来指示UE去激活这些通信链路质量较差的服务小区，具体可以参见本发明方法实施例六或八中的相关记载，从而使得UE停止在这些服务小区上与该基站进行数据传输。
可选地，若该M个通信链路质量检测结果表示一些通信链路的质量较差，该UE可以根据该M个通信链路质量检测结果，主动停止在这些质量较差的通信链路上停止进行数据传输。可选的，若该通信链路质量较差的服务小区承载的PUCCH对应的下行定时参考小区或路损参考小区不属于第一小区组，则UE将继续执行通过该通信链路质量较差的服务小区发送上行数据，即该UE只停止以该通信链路质量较差的服务小区作为下行定时参考小区或路损参考小区的上行数据发送。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，向该UE发送小区分组消息；然后该UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，并将该M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果上报给该基站。由于UE只需要对与同一小区组中的部分服务小区的通信链路进行质量检测，从而可以降低UE的行为复杂度。
图16为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十六的流程图，如图16所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1601、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1602、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S1601和S1602的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S1603、该基站向该UE发送M个随机接入信道的信息。
本实施例中，该基站可以向该UE发送K个小区组中每个小区组中的随机接入信道的信息，本实施例以K个小区组中的其中一个小区组(例如第一小区组)，其它小区组类似。该基站向UE发送第一小区组中M个随机接入信道的信息，该M个随机接入信道分别为UE与该第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，该M不大于该第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数。其中，随机接入信道的信息可以包括：信道的时频资源位置、随机接 入的最大次数、退避参数等。
S1604、该UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在该第一随机接入信道上向该基站发送前导码。
本实施例中，该UE可以根据上述的M个随机接入信道中每个随机接入信道的信息向该基站发送前导码，此处以M个随机接入信道中的一个随机接入信道(称为第一随机接入信息)为例进行说明，其它随机接入信道类似，此处不再赘述。UE可以根据该第一随机接入信道的信息在该第一随机接入信道上向该基站发送前导码。
S1605、该基站通过第一服务小区向该UE发送该第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应。
本实施例中，该基站接收到该UE在该第一随机接入信道上发送的前导码后，该基站需要向该UE发送该第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，该基站可以选择该第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区向该UE发送该第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，例如：该基站可以通过该第一随机接入信道所在的服务小区向该UE发送随机接入响应，或者，该基站可以通过第一小区组中除该第一随机接入信道所在的服务小区之外的其它服务小区向该UE发送随机接入响应。UE接收到该基站发送的随机接入响后，即完成了UE在该第一随机接入信道上的随机接入过程。
可选地，该随机接入响应包括上行调度授权(UL grant)信息，该上行调度授权信息用于指示该UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，该第二服务小区与该第一服务小区属于同一小区组；即用于传输随机接入响应的服务小区，与，该上行调度授权信息指示UE发送上行信息所在的服务小区，为不同的小区，但属于同一小区组。该上行信息可以为上行数据，在执行S1605之后，该UE根据上行调度授权信息，通过第二服务小区向基站发送上行数据；该上行信息可以为消息3，在执行S1605之后，该UE根据上行调度授权信息，通过第二服务小区向基站发送消息3，基站接收到UE发送的消息3之后，该基站向该UE发送消息4，从而完成了该UE在该第一随机接入信道上的竞争随机接入过程。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，向该UE发送小区分组消息，然后向该UE发送M个随机 接入信道的信息；然后该UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在该第一随机接入信道上向该基站发送前导码；该基站通过第一服务小区向该UE发送该第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，从而完成UE在该第一随机接入信道的随机接入过程，以达到上行同步。
图17为本发明多载波聚合通信方法实施例十七的流程图，如图17所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S1701、基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组。
S1702、该基站向该UE发送小区分组消息。
本实施例中，本实施例中S1701和S1702的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例一或二中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
S1703、该UE获取该K个小区组中的主服务小区和该UE的邻区的信号质量。
本实施例中，该UE获取K个小区组中的主服务小区和该UE的邻区的信号质量，可选的，小区组的该主服务小区例如可以为该小区组中用于承载PUCCH的服务小区，或该小区组的主服务小区与该小区组中的PUCCH属于SIB2链接，其中所述SIB2链接表示该PUCCH与该小区组的主服务小区是通过SIB2进行配置配对的；或该小区组的主服务小区可以为小区组中的用于承载PUCCH的服务小区的下行路损参考小区等。其中，UE获取小区的信号质量例如可以为：UE对小区的参考信号进行采样，当采样到T次时，T表示满足UE物理层测量精度的最小次数，UE的物理层将T个采样结果进行平滑处理，获得一个物理层测量值，供UE的RRC层使用，UE的RRC层对该物理层测量值再进行平滑处理，获得该小区的信号质量。
S1704、该UE根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及该UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定该UE在该第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生。
本实施例中，测量事件发生包括进入测量事件或者离开测量事件，测量事件为A1事件、A2事件、A3事件、A4事件、A5事件等。该UE可以根据每个小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及该UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定该UE在每个小区组中触发的测量事件发生。此处以K个小区组中的一个小区组(称为第一小区组)为例进行说明，其它 小区组类似，此处不再赘述。该UE可以根据该第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及该UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定该UE在该第一小区组触发第一测量事件发生，该第一测量事件为上述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件。
可选的，所述UE还可以接收基站配置的测量频点信息和测量小区列表，只有当测量的所述测量频点上的邻区属于所述测量小区列表时才能触发配置的测量事件，否则不触发配置的对应的测量事件。进一步的，只有所述第一小区组中的主服务小区为N个服务小区的辅小区时，所述UE才使用所述测量小区列表对所述测量事件进行限定。所述辅小区不包括双连接特性中配置的主辅小区(PSCell)。
下面以测量事件为A3事件进行说明。
进入A3事件的满足条件为：Mn+Ofn+Ocn-Hys>Mp+Ofp+Ocp+Off。
离开A3事件的满足条件为：Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<Mp+Ofp+Ocp+Off。
其中，Mn表示邻区的信号质量，没有考虑任何偏置量。
Ofn表示邻区对应频率的偏移量。
Ocn表示邻区的小区偏移量。
Mp表示小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，没有考虑任何偏移量。
Ofp表示小区组的主服务小区的频率的偏移量。
Ocp表示小区组的主服务小区的小区偏移量
Hys表示对应A3事件的迟滞参数。
Off表示对应A3事件偏移量。
当UE根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量和邻区的信号质量，确定满足进入A3事件的满足条件时，则确定该UE在第一小区组中触发进入A3事件；当UE根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量和邻区的信号质量，确定满足离开A3事件的满足条件时，则确定该UE在第一小区组中触发离开A3事件。
下面以测量事件为A5事件进行说明。
进入A5事件的满足条件1为：Mp+Hys<Thresh 1
进入A5事件的满足条件2为：Mn+Ofn+Ocn-Hys>Thresh 2
离开A5事件的满足条件1为：Mp-Hys>Thresh 1
离开A5事件的满足条件2为：Mn+Ofn+Ocn+Hys<Thresh 2
其中，Mp表示小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，没有考虑任何偏移量。
Mn表示邻区的信号质量，没有考虑任何偏置量。
Ofn表示邻区对应频率的偏移量。
Ocn表示邻区的小区偏移量。
Hys表示对应A5事件的迟滞参数。
Thresh1表示对应A5事件的门限1。
Thresh2表示对应A5事件的门限2。
当UE根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量和邻区的信号质量，确定满足进入A5事件的满足条件1或者满足进入A5事件的满足条件2时，则确定该UE在第一小区组中触发进入A5事件；当UE根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量和邻区的信号质量，确定满足离开A5事件的满足条件1或者满足离开A5事件的满足条件2时，则确定该UE在第一小区组中触发离开A5事件。
S1705、当该UE在该第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件时，该UE向该基站发送测量报告。
本实施例中，该UE确定该UE在该第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，若该UE确定该第一小区组触发第一测量事件发生为触发离开第一测量事件时，该UE不生成测量报告。若该UE确定该第一小区组触发第一测量事件发生为触发进入第一测量事件时，该UE生成测量报告，该测量报告用于指示该UE在该第一小区组中触发进入第一测量事件，然后UE将生成的测量报告上报给基站。
本发明实施例提供的多载波聚合通信方法，通过基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，向该UE发送小区分组消息；该UE获取该K个小区组中的主服务小区和该UE的邻区的信号质量，并根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及该UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定该UE在该第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，然后当该UE在该第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件时，该UE向该基站发送测量报告，从而避免在一些测量场景中无法对小区组的主服务小区进行测量。
需要说明的是，上述的小区可以表示为信号覆盖的区域、或者网络侧、 或者基站、或者载波、或者载频等具体的物理概念，本发明不做限定。
图18为本发明基站实施例一的结构示意图，如图18所示，本实施例的基站可以包括：处理单元11和发送单元12，其中，处理单元11，用于将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于1的正整数，所述K为小于N的正整数；发送单元12，用于向UE发送小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组；处理单元11，还用于根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信。
可选地，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
可选地，处理单元11将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组可以有如下所述可选的实现方案。
在第一种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据PUCCH的数量K，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述K个小区组与所述K个PUCCH对应，每个所述小区组包括用于承载所述PUCCH的服务小区。
在第二种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据所述服务小区应用的载波类型，将所述服务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，其中，所述授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。
在第三种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据TA，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，其中，TA相同的服务小区属于同一小区组。
在第四种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。可选地，处理单元11在根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量和预设门限值，将所述N个服务小区划分为第一小区组和第二小区组，其中，所述第一小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量大于所述预设门限值，所述第二小区组包括的服务小区 的信号质量不大于所述预设门限值。
在第五种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据采用同一服务小区传输调度命令的服务小区以及用于传输所述调度命令的服务小区属于同一个小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
在第六种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据DRX配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
可选地，处理单元11，用于根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信可以有如下所述的可选的实现方案。
在第一种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第二种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第三种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第四种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
在第五种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所 述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第六种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
在第七种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道，接收所述UE发送的至少一个下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者NACK信息。
在第八种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过所述授权小区组中的服务小区，与所述UE根据DRX的工作模式进行通信；或者，通过所述免授权小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述UE进行通信。
在第九种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述UE进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
在第十种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及接收所述UE发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据；通过第二服务小区向所述UE发送所述下行数据。
在第十一种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：当所述基站未成功接收到所述UE通过第一服 务小区发送的上行数据时，向所述UE发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述基站通过所述第一服务小区发送的上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及接收所述UE通过第二服务小区发送的所述上行数据。
在第十二种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述UE通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
在第十三种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，其中，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为小于所述第一小区组中服务小区的数量的正整数；以及根据所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，确定所述第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量。可选地，所述通信链路质量检测包括但不限于以下之一或者组合：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
可选地，发送单元12在处理单元11接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果之前，还用于向所述UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测。
在第十四种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所 述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及接收所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上发送的前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
可选地，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；处理单元11还用于根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区接收所述UE发送的上行信息。
在第十五种可选的实现方案中，处理单元11在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：接收所述UE发送的测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在第一小区组中触发进入第一测量事件，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组的任意一个小区组，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件。
本实施例的基站，可以用于执行本发明上述各方法实施例中基站所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图19为本发明基站实施例二的结构示意图，如图19所示，本实施例的基站可以包括：处理器21和收发机22，其中，处理器21，用于将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于1的正整数，所述K为小于N的正整数；通过收发机22向UE发送小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组；以及根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信。
可选地，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
可选地，处理器21将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组可以有如下所述可选的实现方案。
在第一种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据道PUCCH的数量K，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述K个小区组与所述K个PUCCH对应，每个所述小 区组包括用于承载所述PUCCH的服务小区。
在第二种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据所述服务小区应用的载波类型，将所述服务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，其中，所述授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。
在第三种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据TA，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，其中，TA相同的服务小区属于同一小区组。
在第四种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。可选地，处理器21在根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量和预设门限值，将所述N个服务小区划分为第一小区组和第二小区组，其中，所述第一小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量大于所述预设门限值，所述第二小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量不大于所述预设门限值。
在第五种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据采用同一服务小区传输调度命令的服务小区以及用于传输所述调度命令的服务小区属于同一个小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
在第六种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据DRX配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
可选地，处理器21，用于根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信可以有如下所述的可选的实现方案。
在第一种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22向所述UE发送小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的 小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第二种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22向所述UE发送小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第三种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第四种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
在第五种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
在第六种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
在第七种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道，通过收发机22接收所述UE发送的至少一个下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括ACK信息或者NACK信息。
在第八种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过所述授权小区组中的服务小区，与所述UE根 据DRX的工作模式进行通信；或者，通过所述免授权小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述UE进行通信。
在第九种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述UE进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
在第十种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区，通过收发机22向所述UE发送下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及通过收发机22接收所述UE发送的非确认NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据；通过第二服务小区，通过收发机22向所述UE发送所述下行数据。
在第十一种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：当所述基站未成功接收到所述UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据时，通过收发机22向所述UE发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述基站通过所述第一服务小区发送的上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及通过收发机22接收所述UE通过第二服务小区发送的所述上行数据。
在第十二种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区，通过收发机22向所述UE发送DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述UE通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
在第十三种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，其中，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为小于所述第一小区组中服务小区的 数量的正整数；以及根据所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，确定所述第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量。可选地，所述通信链路质量检测包括但不限于以下之一或者组合：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
可选地，处理器21在通过收发机22接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果之前，还用于通过收发机22向所述UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测。
在第十四种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22向所述UE发送M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及通过收发机22接收所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上发送的前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区，通过收发机22向所述UE发送所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
可选地，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；处理器21还用于根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区，通过收发机22接收所述UE发送的上行信息。
在第十五种可选的实现方案中，处理器21在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过收发机22接收所述UE发送的测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在第一小区组中触发进入第一测量事件，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组的任意一个小区组，所述第一测量事件为所 述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件。
本实施例的基站，可以用于执行本发明上述各方法实施例中基站所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图20为本发明UE实施例一的结构示意图，如图20所示，本实施例的UE可以包括：接收单元31和处理单元32；其中，接收单元31，用于接收基站发送的小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于0的整数，所述K为小于N的整数；处理单元32，用于根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信。
可选地，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
可选地，处理单元32，用于根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信可以有如下所述可选的实现方案。
在第一种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的服务小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组修改消息，更新所述待修改的小区组。
在第二种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组释放消息，释放所述待释放的小区组中的服务小区。
在第三种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的服务小区。
在第四种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区 组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的待激活的服务小区。
在第五种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的服务小区。
在第六种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区。
在第七种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道向所述基站发送至少一个下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者NACK信息。
可选地，当所述N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组时，所述授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波；
处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信；以及通过所述免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信。
在第八种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服 务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述基站进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
在第九种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：当所述UE未成功接收所述基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时，向所述基站发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及通过第二服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述下行数据。
在第十种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区向所述基站发送上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；接收所述基站发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述上行数据；以及通过第二服务小区向所述基站发送所述上行数据。
在第十一种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的下行控制指示DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述基站通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
在第十二种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果；所述M为小于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组；以及向所述基站发送所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
可选地，所述通信链路质量检测包括但不限于以下至少一种：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
在第十三种可选的实现方案中，接收单元31还用于在处理单元32对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测之前，接收所述基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测；
处理单元32在对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果时，具体用于：根据所述通信链路质量检测指示信息，对所述第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
在第十四种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上向所述基站发送前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
可选地，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
处理单元32还用于，根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区向所述基站发送上行信息。
在第十五种可选的实现方案中，处理单元32在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：获取所述K个小区组中的主服务小区和所述UE的邻区的信号质量，所述主服务小区为所属小区组中传输控制信令的服务小区；根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及所述UE的邻区的信号 质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，所述触发第一测量事件发生包括触发进入所述第一测量事件或者触发离开所述第一测量事件，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件；以及当所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生为触发进入所述第一测量事件时，向所述基站发送测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件。
本实施例的UE，可以用于执行本发明上述各方法实施例中UE所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图21为本发明UE实施例二的结构示意图，如图21所示，本实施例的UE可以包括：处理器41和收发机42；其中，处理器41，用于通过收发机42接收基站发送的小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于0的整数，所述K为小于N的整数；以及根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信。
可选地，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
可选地，处理器41，用于根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信可以有如下所述可选的实现方案。
在第一种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的服务小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组修改消息，更新所述待修改的小区组。
在第二种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组释放消息，释放所述待释放的小区组中的服务小区。
在第三种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站 进行通信时，具体用于：通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的服务小区。
在第四种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的待激活的服务小区。
在第五种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的服务小区。
在第六种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区。
在第七种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道，通过收发机42向所述基站发送至少一个下行信道的CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括ACK信息或者NACK信息。
可选地，当所述N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组时，所述授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波；
处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信；以及通过所述免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信。
在第八种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述基站进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
在第九种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：当所述UE未成功接收所述基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时，通过收发机42向所述基站发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及通过第二服务小区，通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的所述下行数据。
在第十种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区，通过收发机42向所述基站发送上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；接收所述基站发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述上行数据；以及通过第二服务小区，通过收发机42向所述基站发送所述上行数据。
在第十一种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区，通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述基站通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
在第十二种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行 通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果；所述M为小于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组；以及通过收发机42向所述基站发送所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
可选地，所述通信链路质量检测包括但不限于以下至少一种：
下行信道是否失步；
上行信道是否失步；
上行信道信干噪比；
无线链路失败。
在第十三种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测之前，还用于通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测；
处理器41在对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果时，具体用于：根据所述通信链路质量检测指示信息，对所述第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
在第十四种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上，通过收发机42向所述基站发送前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区，通过收发机42接收所述基站发送的所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
可选地，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权 信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
处理器41还用于，根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区，通过收发机42向所述基站发送上行信息。
在第十五种可选的实现方案中，处理器41在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：获取所述K个小区组中的主服务小区和所述UE的邻区的信号质量，所述主服务小区为所属小区组中传输控制信令的服务小区；根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及所述UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，所述触发第一测量事件发生包括触发进入所述第一测量事件或者触发离开所述第一测量事件，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件；以及当所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生为触发进入所述第一测量事件时，通过收发机42向所述基站发送测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件。
本实施例的UE，可以用于执行本发明上述各方法实施例中UE所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解：实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成，前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤；而前述的存储介质包括：只读内存(英文：Read-Only Memory，简称：ROM)、随机存取存储器(英文：Random Access Memory，简称：RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
最后应说明的是：以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (94)

  1. 一种多载波聚合通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于1的正整数，所述K为小于N的正整数；
    所述基站向用户设备UE发送小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组；
    所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
    所述基站根据物理上行控制信道PUCCH的数量K，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述K个小区组与所述K个PUCCH对应，每个所述小区组包括用于承载所述PUCCH的服务小区。
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
    所述基站根据所述服务小区应用的载波类型，将所述服务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，其中，所述授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
    所述基站根据定时提前量TA，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，其中，TA相同的服务小区属于同一小区组。
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
    所述基站根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据信号质量， 将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，包括：
    所述基站根据信号质量和预设门限值，将所述N个服务小区划分为第一小区组和第二小区组，其中，所述第一小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量大于所述预设门限值，所述第二小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量不大于所述预设门限值。
  8. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
    所述基站根据采用同一服务小区传输调度命令的服务小区以及用于传输所述调度命令的服务小区属于同一个小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
  9. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，包括：
    所述基站根据不连续接收DRX配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
  11. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
  12. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小 区组。
  13. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
  14. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
  15. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
  16. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道，接收所述UE发送的至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者非确认NACK信息。
  17. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站通过所述授权小区组中的服务小区，与所述UE根据DRX的工作模式进行通信；或者，
    所述基站通过所述免授权小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述UE进行通信。
  18. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述UE进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
  19. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
    所述基站接收所述UE发送的非确认NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据；
    所述基站通过第二服务小区向所述UE发送所述下行数据。
  20. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    当所述基站未成功接收到所述UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据时，所述基站向所述UE发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述基站通过所述第一服务小区发送的上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
    所述基站接收所述UE通过第二服务小区发送的所述上行数据。
  21. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行控制指示DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；
    所述基站根据所述DCI，与所述UE通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
  22. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，其中，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为小于所述第一小区组中服务小区的数量的正整数；
    所述基站根据所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，确定所述第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述通信链路质量检测包括以下之一或者组合：
    下行信道是否失步；
    上行信道是否失步；
    上行信道信干噪比；
    无线链路失败。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果之前，还包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测。
  25. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站向所述UE发送M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；
    所述基站接收所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上发送的前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；
    所述基站通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
    所述方法还包括：
    所述基站根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区接收所述UE发送的上行信息。
  27. 根据权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，包括：
    所述基站接收所述UE发送的测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在第一小区组中触发进入第一测量事件，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组的任意一个小区组，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件。
  28. 一种多载波聚合通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    用户设备UE接收基站发送的小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于0的整数，所述K为小于N的整数；
    所述UE根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的服务小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
    所述UE根据所述小区组修改消息，更新所述待修改的小区组。
  31. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包 括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
    所述UE根据所述小区组释放消息，释放所述待释放的小区组中的服务小区。
  32. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
    所述UE根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的服务小区。
  33. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；
    所述UE根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的待激活的服务小区。
  34. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；
    所述UE根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的服务小区。
  35. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小 区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；
    所述UE根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区。
  36. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE通过用于承载物理上行控制信道PUCCH的上行信道向所述基站发送至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者非确认NACK信息。
  37. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组时，所述授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE通过授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据不连续接收DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信；或者，
    所述UE通过所述免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信。
  38. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述基站进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
  39. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    当所述UE未成功接收所述基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时， 所述UE向所述基站发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
    所述UE通过第二服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述下行数据。
  40. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE通过所述第一服务小区向所述基站发送上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述上行数据；
    所述UE通过第二服务小区向所述基站发送所述上行数据。
  41. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE通过所述第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的下行控制指示DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；
    所述UE根据所述DCI，与所述基站通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
  42. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果；所述M为小于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组；
    所述UE向所述基站发送所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述通信链路质量检测包括以下至少一种：
    下行信道是否失步；
    上行信道是否失步；
    上行信道信干噪比；
    无线链路失败。
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测之前，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测；
    所述UE对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，包括：
    所述UE根据所述通信链路质量检测指示信息，对所述第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
  45. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；
    所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上向所述基站发送前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；
    所述UE通过第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法，其特征在于，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
    所述方法还包括：
    所述UE根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区向所述基站发送上行信息。
  47. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所 述K个小区组与基站进行通信，包括：
    所述UE获取所述K个小区组中的主服务小区和所述UE的邻区的信号质量，所述主服务小区为所属小区组中传输控制信令的服务小区；
    所述UE根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及所述UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，所述触发第一测量事件发生包括触发进入所述第一测量事件或者触发离开所述第一测量事件，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件；
    当所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生为触发进入所述第一测量事件时，所述UE向所述基站发送测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件。
  48. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于1的正整数，所述K为小于N的正整数；
    发送单元，用于向用户设备UE发送小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的基站，其特征在于，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据物理上行控制信道PUCCH的数量K，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述K个小区组与所述K个PUCCH对应，每个所述小区组包括用于承载所述PUCCH的服务小区。
  51. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据所述服务小区应用的载波类型，将所述服务小区划分至授权载波小区组或者免授权载波小区组，其中，所述授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免 授权载波小区组包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波。
  52. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据定时提前量TA，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，其中，TA相同的服务小区属于同一小区组。
  53. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据信号质量，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组时，具体用于：根据信号质量和预设门限值，将所述N个服务小区划分为第一小区组和第二小区组，其中，所述第一小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量大于所述预设门限值，所述第二小区组包括的服务小区的信号质量不大于所述预设门限值。
  55. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据采用同一服务小区传输调度命令的服务小区以及用于传输所述调度命令的服务小区属于同一个小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组。
  56. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在将N个服务小区划分为K个小区组时，具体用于：根据不连续接收DRX配置参数相同的服务小区属于同一小区组，将所述N个服务小区划分为所述K个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
  57. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
  58. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发 送小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
  59. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
  60. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
  61. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组。
  62. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区。
  63. 根据权利要求50所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过用于承载PUCCH的上行信道，接收所述UE发送的至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者非确认NACK信息。
  64. 根据权利要求51所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过所述授权小区组中的服 务小区，与所述UE根据DRX的工作模式进行通信；或者，通过所述免授权小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述UE进行通信。
  65. 根据权利要求56所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述UE进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
  66. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及接收所述UE发送的非确认NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据；通过第二服务小区向所述UE发送所述下行数据。
  67. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：当所述基站未成功接收到所述UE通过第一服务小区发送的上行数据时，向所述UE发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述基站通过所述第一服务小区发送的上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及接收所述UE通过第二服务小区发送的所述上行数据。
  68. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送下行控制指示DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述UE通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
  69. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，其中，所述第 一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为小于所述第一小区组中服务小区的数量的正整数；以及根据所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果，确定所述第一小区组中其余服务小区的通信链路质量。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的基站，其特征在于，所述通信链路质量检测包括以下之一或者组合：
    下行信道是否失步；
    上行信道是否失步；
    上行信道信干噪比；
    无线链路失败。
  71. 根据权利要求69或70所述的基站，其特征在于，所述发送单元在所述处理单元接收所述UE发送的第一小区组中M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果之前，还用于向所述UE发送通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测。
  72. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：向所述UE发送M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及接收所述UE根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上发送的前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区向所述UE发送所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区接收所述UE发送的上行信息。
  74. 根据权利要求48-56任意一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与所述UE进行通信，具体用于：接收所述UE发送的测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在第一小区组中触发进入第一测量事件，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组的任意一个小区组，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件。
  75. 一种用户设备UE，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收基站发送的小区分组消息，所述小区分组消息用于指示N个服务小区划分为K个小区组，所述N为大于0的整数，所述K为小于N的整数；
    处理单元，用于根据所述K个小区组与所述基站进行通信。
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的UE，其特征在于，所述小区分组消息包括所述K个小区组的标识，以及每个所述小区组包括的服务小区的标识；所述小区分组消息用于指示所述N个服务小区的标识所对应的服务小区划分为所述K个小区组的标识所对应的小区组。
  77. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组修改消息，所述小区组修改消息包括待修改的小区组的标识以及修改后的小区组包括的服务小区的标识，所述待修改的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组修改消息，更新所述待修改的小区组。
  78. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组释放消息，所述小区组释放消息包括待释放的小区组的标识，所述待释放的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组释放消息，释放所述待释放的小区组中的服务小区。
  79. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的服务小区。
  80. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根 据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组激活消息，所述小区组激活消息用于指示待激活的小区组和所述待激活的小区组中的待激活服务小区，所述待激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组激活消息，激活所述待激活的小区组中的待激活的服务小区。
  81. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的服务小区。
  82. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的小区组去激活消息，所述小区组去激活消息用于指示待去激活的小区组和所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区，所述待去激活的小区组为所述K个小区组中的至少一个小区组，所述待去激活服务小区为所属小区组中的至少一个服务小区；以及根据所述小区组去激活消息，去激活所述待去激活的小区组中的待去激活服务小区。
  83. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过用于承载物理上行控制信道PUCCH的上行信道向所述基站发送至少一个下行信道的信道质量指示CQI或者反馈信息，所述用于承载PUCCH的上行信道所对应的服务小区与所述至少一个下行信道对应的服务小区属于同一小区组，所述反馈信息包括确认ACK信息或者非确认NACK信息。
  84. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，当所述N个服务小区划分为授权载波小区组和免授权载波小区组时，所述授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为授权载波，所述免授权载波小区包括的服务小区应用的载波为免授权载波；
    所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据不连续接收DRX的工作模式与所述基 站进行通信；或者，通过所述免授权载波小区组中的服务小区，根据未配置DRX的工作模式与所述基站进行通信。
  85. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过第一小区组，根据所述第一小区组中的各服务小区相同的DRX配置参数所对应的DRX配置与所述基站进行通信，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述DRX配置参数包括以下至少一种：DRX持续时间、DRX非活动定时器、DRX重传定时器、长周期DRX偏置、短DRX周期、DRX短周期。
  86. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：当所述UE未成功接收所述基站通过第一服务小区发送的下行数据时，向所述基站发送NACK信息，所述NACK信息指示所述UE未成功接收所述下行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；以及通过第二服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述下行数据。
  87. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区向所述基站发送上行数据，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区；接收所述基站发送的NACK信息，所述NACK信息用于指示所述基站未成功接收所述上行数据；以及通过第二服务小区向所述基站发送所述上行数据。
  88. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：通过所述第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的下行控制指示DCI，所述第一服务小区为所述N个服务小区中的任意一个服务小区，所述DCI用于指示UE通过第二服务小区与所述基站之间进行通信，所述第一服务小区与所述第二服务小区属于同一小区组；以及根据所述DCI，与所述基站通过所述第二服务小区进行通信。
  89. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果；所述M为小于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整 数，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组；以及向所述基站发送所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的UE，其特征在于，
    所述通信链路质量检测包括以下至少一种：
    下行信道是否失步；
    上行信道是否失步；
    上行信道信干噪比；
    无线链路失败。
  91. 根据权利要求89或90所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于在所述处理单元对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测之前，接收所述基站发送的通信链路质量检测指示信息，所述通信链路质量检测指示信息用于指示所述UE对所述第一小区组中的所述M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测；
    所述处理单元在对第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行通信链路质量检测，获得M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果时，具体用于：根据所述通信链路质量检测指示信息，对所述第一小区组中的M个服务小区的通信链路进行所述通信链路质量检测，获得所述M个服务小区的通信链路质量检测结果。
  92. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：接收所述基站发送的M个随机接入信道的信息；所述M个随机接入信道分别为所述UE与第一小区组中M个服务小区之间的随机接入信道，所述第一小区组为所述K个小区组中的任意一个小区组，所述M为不大于所述第一小区组中的服务小区的数量的正整数；以及根据第一随机接入信道的信息在所述第一随机接入信道上向所述基站发送前导码，所述第一随机接入信道为所述M个随机接入信道中的任意一个随机接入信道；通过第一服务小区接收所述基站发送的所述第一随机接入信道对应的随机接入响应，所述第一服务小区为所述第一小区组中的任意一个服务小区。
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的UE，其特征在于，所述随机接入响应包括上行调度授权信息，所述上行调度授权信息用于指示所述UE在第二服务小 区发送上行信息，所述第二服务小区与所述第一服务小区属于同一小区组；
    所述处理单元还用于，根据所述上行调度授权信息，通过所述第二服务小区向所述基站发送上行信息。
  94. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元在根据所述K个小区组与基站进行通信时，具体用于：获取所述K个小区组中的主服务小区和所述UE的邻区的信号质量，所述主服务小区为所属小区组中传输控制信令的服务小区；根据第一小区组的主服务小区的信号质量，以及所述UE的邻区的信号质量和各个测量事件发生的满足条件，确定所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生，所述触发第一测量事件发生包括触发进入所述第一测量事件或者触发离开所述第一测量事件，所述第一测量事件为所述各个测量事件中的任意一个测量事件；以及当所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发第一测量事件发生为触发进入所述第一测量事件时，向所述基站发送测量报告，所述测量报告用于指示所述UE在所述第一小区组中触发进入所述第一测量事件。
PCT/CN2015/071836 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 多载波聚合通信方法和设备 Ceased WO2016119174A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/071836 WO2016119174A1 (zh) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 多载波聚合通信方法和设备
RU2017130374A RU2665056C1 (ru) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 Способ связи и устройство для агрегации многочисленных несущих
EP15879382.8A EP3244666B1 (en) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 Multi-carrier aggregation communication method and device
CN201580002506.9A CN106063342A (zh) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 多载波聚合通信方法和设备
BR112017016163-0A BR112017016163A2 (zh) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 Multi-carrier aggregation communication method and apparatus
KR1020177023875A KR20170108101A (ko) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 멀티-캐리어 어그리게이션을 위한 통신 방법 및 장치
US15/664,963 US10536255B2 (en) 2015-01-29 2017-07-31 Communications method and device for multi-carrier aggregation

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/071836 WO2016119174A1 (zh) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 多载波聚合通信方法和设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/664,963 Continuation US10536255B2 (en) 2015-01-29 2017-07-31 Communications method and device for multi-carrier aggregation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016119174A1 true WO2016119174A1 (zh) 2016-08-04

Family

ID=56542171

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/071836 Ceased WO2016119174A1 (zh) 2015-01-29 2015-01-29 多载波聚合通信方法和设备

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US10536255B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3244666B1 (zh)
KR (1) KR20170108101A (zh)
CN (1) CN106063342A (zh)
BR (1) BR112017016163A2 (zh)
RU (1) RU2665056C1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2016119174A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113133026A (zh) * 2019-12-31 2021-07-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种非连续接收状态配置方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2024020889A1 (zh) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种通信方法、装置及存储介质

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3079436B1 (en) * 2015-04-10 2018-09-19 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Discontinuous reception operation for licensed-assisted access
EP3448100B1 (en) * 2016-05-10 2020-09-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Uplink information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
CN109246826B (zh) * 2017-06-16 2021-06-22 华为技术有限公司 Drx配置方法、终端设备、网络设备和通信系统
WO2019028922A1 (zh) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-14 华为技术有限公司 一种发送小区配置信息的方法及装置
US10903942B2 (en) * 2018-04-16 2021-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Synchronization signal block and downlink channel multiplexing
US11523457B2 (en) * 2018-07-31 2022-12-06 Qualcomm Incorporated DRX groups for carrier aggregation
CN112771806A (zh) 2018-09-28 2021-05-07 华为技术有限公司 用于在非授权频谱中进行配置授权传输的资源分配
WO2020088457A1 (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-05-07 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) System and method for random access in wireless network
BR112021022684A2 (pt) * 2019-05-13 2021-12-28 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd Método de comunicação para conectividade dupla e dispositivo de rede
CN111800869B (zh) * 2019-08-22 2023-07-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 物理上行控制信道pucch传输方法、终端设备和网络设备
US11871476B2 (en) * 2019-10-02 2024-01-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuring discontinuous reception for different groups of cells

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010123224A2 (ko) * 2009-04-21 2010-10-28 엘지전자 주식회사 반송파집합 방식을 이용한 통신 시스템에서 ｒｒｃ 연결 또는 재연결을 수행하는 방법
CN102158948A (zh) * 2011-02-16 2011-08-17 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 载波聚合中获得上行定时提前量的方法
CN103260151A (zh) * 2013-05-23 2013-08-21 华为技术有限公司 控制小小区的方法、系统及基站
CN103327646A (zh) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种时间参考小区的修改方法及装置
CN103327627A (zh) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 多载波通信系统中辅服务小区的重配方法及装置

Family Cites Families (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8804631B2 (en) * 2009-03-02 2014-08-12 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus for communicating carrier configuration in multi-carrier OFDM systems
CN102656934A (zh) * 2009-03-13 2012-09-05 华为技术有限公司 资源分配方法、数据传输方法、基站及终端
KR101227528B1 (ko) 2009-06-07 2013-01-31 엘지전자 주식회사 반송파 조합 방식 이동통신 시스템에서 단말의 임의접속 방법
CN102271360B (zh) * 2010-06-04 2015-08-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 载波聚合系统中测量任务处理方法及系统
WO2012044215A1 (en) * 2010-10-01 2012-04-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Load estimation in frequency domain pre-equalization systems
EP2684401A1 (en) * 2011-03-11 2014-01-15 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (PUBL) Method for determining white space interference margin
CN102164414B (zh) * 2011-04-11 2014-01-08 新邮通信设备有限公司 载波聚合系统中上行控制信息的传输方法和装置
CN102932908B (zh) * 2011-08-12 2016-03-23 上海贝尔股份有限公司 控制用户设备在从小区组中的从小区上的上行传输的方法
CN103228044B (zh) * 2012-01-31 2019-01-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 多载波通信系统中小区分组管理方法及系统
US9179457B2 (en) * 2012-06-20 2015-11-03 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Carrier configuration in wireless networks
US9253658B2 (en) * 2012-08-01 2016-02-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Management of uncoordinated interference
WO2014054892A1 (en) * 2012-10-02 2014-04-10 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting a carrier aggregation group in a wireless communication system
JP6076044B2 (ja) * 2012-11-02 2017-02-08 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 無線通信方法、無線通信システム、無線基地局及びユーザ端末
JP6095991B2 (ja) * 2013-01-24 2017-03-15 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 無線基地局、ユーザ端末及び無線通信方法
WO2014114261A1 (en) * 2013-01-25 2014-07-31 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Enhanced mechanism of uplink time alignment maintenance for inter-enb carrier aggregation
WO2014139576A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) A method and apparatus for selecting a cell of a communications network
US9571242B2 (en) * 2013-04-26 2017-02-14 Intel Deutschland Gmbh Methods and devices for mitigating interference
JP2015053668A (ja) * 2013-08-08 2015-03-19 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ装置、基地局、逐次干渉キャンセル処理方法、及び逐次干渉キャンセル制御方法
US9967890B2 (en) * 2014-02-26 2018-05-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Signalling for fractional frequency reuse (FFR) for D2D communications
US9532230B2 (en) * 2014-06-05 2016-12-27 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method and apparatus for transmitting LTE waveforms in shared spectrum by carrier sensing
US9980236B2 (en) * 2016-01-29 2018-05-22 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Wireless device transmission power management
US10505597B2 (en) * 2016-05-09 2019-12-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Reference signals and link adaptation for massive MIMO
KR102520883B1 (ko) * 2016-07-26 2023-04-13 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 간섭 완화 장치 및 방법
CN106255123B (zh) * 2016-09-09 2022-10-21 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 通信方法和通信装置

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010123224A2 (ko) * 2009-04-21 2010-10-28 엘지전자 주식회사 반송파집합 방식을 이용한 통신 시스템에서 ｒｒｃ 연결 또는 재연결을 수행하는 방법
CN102158948A (zh) * 2011-02-16 2011-08-17 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 载波聚合中获得上行定时提前量的方法
CN103327646A (zh) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种时间参考小区的修改方法及装置
CN103327627A (zh) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 多载波通信系统中辅服务小区的重配方法及装置
CN103260151A (zh) * 2013-05-23 2013-08-21 华为技术有限公司 控制小小区的方法、系统及基站

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3244666A4 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113133026A (zh) * 2019-12-31 2021-07-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种非连续接收状态配置方法、终端及网络侧设备
US12309872B2 (en) 2019-12-31 2025-05-20 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Discontinuous reception state configuration method, user equipment and network side device
WO2024020889A1 (zh) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种通信方法、装置及存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
RU2665056C1 (ru) 2018-08-28
US10536255B2 (en) 2020-01-14
CN106063342A (zh) 2016-10-26
EP3244666A1 (en) 2017-11-15
EP3244666A4 (en) 2018-01-24
US20170331610A1 (en) 2017-11-16
EP3244666B1 (en) 2020-01-29
KR20170108101A (ko) 2017-09-26
BR112017016163A2 (zh) 2018-04-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016119174A1 (zh) 多载波聚合通信方法和设备
US10869215B2 (en) Method for reporting a radio link problem and a device therefor
US11528768B2 (en) Method of sidelink radio link failure control and related device
US10728878B2 (en) Systems, devices, and methods for packet data convergence protocol packet data unit duplication
JP6881722B2 (ja) 切り捨てられたバッファステータスレポーティング
KR102247049B1 (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 하향링크 제어 정보 전송 방법 및 상기 방법을 이용하는 장치
US10271232B2 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring for radio link failure
TWI861121B (zh) 在切換期間的增強型使用者設備能力交換
WO2021018010A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for scheduling request resource prioritization for beam failure recovery
RU2622286C2 (ru) Способ и устройство для выбора и повторного выбора основной несущей восходящей линии связи
EP2941055B1 (en) Method and device for transmitting uplink information
CN109287000B (zh) 在双连接中设定次要节点及回报的装置及方法
JP2017050886A (ja) 動的ｔｄｄアップリンク／ダウンリンク構成のための方法
CN104823473A (zh) 在无线通信系统中支持控制面和用户面的方法和设备
CN105191389A (zh) 在移动通信系统中利用多个载波发送和接收数据的方法和装置
US20250016871A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting user equipment triggered report in a wireless communication system
US20250015870A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting user equipment triggered report in a wireless communication system
US20230292314A1 (en) Method of uplink resource allocation and user equipment thereof
US12500649B2 (en) Method and apparatus for handling UE-initiated beam reporting in a wireless communication system
WO2025147411A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless transmit and receive unit initiated beam reporting and switching
HK1168234B (zh) 無線電鏈路失敗的監控方法和設備

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15879382

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112017016163

Country of ref document: BR

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015879382

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177023875

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017130374

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112017016163

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20170727